Compounds and methods of use

This application claims benefit to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/636,614, filed Feb. 28, 2018, the entirety of which is hereby incorporated by reference.

Radiation and drug therapy represent two of the most common types of cancer treatments. Some types of radiation therapy uses focused, high-energy photon beams to destroy cancer cells. Photon radiation include X-rays and gamma rays. Radiation therapy can also employ particle radiation, which includes electron, proton, and neutron beams. Radiation can be used as a curative therapy for a number of cancer types, or used in combination with other treatments, for example prior to surgery or chemotherapy to reduce initial tumor burden and to destroy any remaining cancer cell after such therapy. Radiation therapy works by damaging the DNA of cancer cells, either by direct or indirect ionization of the atoms that make up the DNA chain. Indirect ionization occurs through the generation of reactive oxygen species (ROS), particularly hydroxyl radicals, which then damage the DNA. However, the mechanisms by which DNA damage ultimately leads to cell death appears to be complex, acting through a multitude of cellular signaling pathways that regulate different cell death processes. These processes include apoptosis, mitotic catastrophe, necrosis, senescence, and autophagy. Various genes and intracellular pathways have been reported to be involved in the different types of radiation induced cell death. Apoptosis has been associated with cellular components ATM, p53, Bax, Cytochrome c and Caspases, while mitotic catastrophe appears to implicate cellular components p53, Caspases, and Cytochrome c. Necrosis has been associated with TNF (alpha), PAR, JNK and Caspases while senescence is associated with, among others, cellular components MYC, INK4A, ARF, p53 and p21. With autophagy, the cellular molecules PI3K, Akt and mTOR may be to be involved.

Chemotherapy can target different components of the cellular machinery and can have synergistic therapeutic effects when used in combination with radiation therapy. Chemotherapy can be nonspecific, hormonal or targeted. Nonspecific chemotherapeutic agents are generally cytotoxic agents that typically affect cell division, and include, among others, classes of agents such as alkylating agents, antimetabolites, anti-microtubule agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, cytotoxic antibiotics, and platinum-based coordination complexes. Hormone-based cancer therapy is used to treat hormone sensitive cancers (e.g., prostate cancer and breast cancer) by targeting the endocrine system using specific hormones or drugs that inhibit the production or activity of such hormones (hormone antagonists). Hormonal chemotherapeutic agents include, among others, aromatase inhibitors, GnRH analogues, selective estrogen receptor modulators, antiandrogens, estrogens, and progestogens. Targeted chemotherapy attempts to overcome the non-discriminate killing of noncancerous cells by traditional cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents by acting on specific cellular targets. Types of targeted chemotherapeutic agents include antiangiogenesis agents, apoptosis inducing agents, differentiation agents, and signal transduction inhibitors. Some forms of targeted therapy use traditional non-specific cytotoxic agents but formulated for specific delivery to cancer cells or delivered in such a way to localize the drug to the tumor site. However, most chemotherapy, whether non-specific or targeted, ultimately involve cell death processes that are also implicated in radiation induced killing of cancer cells. Desirable are other chemotherapeutic agents that, either indirectly or directly, induce killing of cancer cells.

The present disclosure relates to compounds having ferroptosis inducing activity, and methods of using the compounds for treatment of cancer. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a compound of formula (I):

or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

ring A is C 4 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;

X is NR 5 , O or S;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

q is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —CN, —OH, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 6 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)R 8 , —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH, —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR, or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ;

each R 3 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR, —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —SF 5 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 8 , —C(O)R 6 , —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl of R 3 is independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 ;

each R 4 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR, —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 15 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —OC(O)R 8 , —C(O)R 6 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl of R 4 is optionally independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 ;

R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 6 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each R 6 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ;

each R 7 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, —C 1- C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each R 7 or ring formed thereby is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ;

each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each R 8 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, —C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, —C 2 -C 3 haloalkenyl, C 2 alkynyl, or —CH 2 OS(O) 2 -phenyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo and —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo are optionally substituted with one or two —CH 3 , and the C 2 alkynyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one —CH 3 ;

each R 10 is independently halo, —CN, —OR 12 , —NO 2 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O)R 13 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —S(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)R 12 , —C(O)OR 12 , —C(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 12 , —OC(O)R 12 , —OC(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of R 10 is optionally independently substituted with one to three R 11 ;

each R 11 is independently halo, —CN, —OR 12 , —NO 2 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O)R 13 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —S(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)R 12 , —C(O)OR 12 , —C(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 12 , —OC(O)R 12 , —OC(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;

each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl;

each R 13 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, and —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl.

In certain embodiments, the compounds are used in a method of inhibiting GPX4 in a cell, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of the compound described herein to inhibit GPX4 in the cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is a cancer cell.

In certain embodiments, the compounds are used in a method of treating cancer in a subject, comprising administering to a subject having cancer a therapeutically effective amount of the ferroptosis inducing compounds. Various cancers for treatment with the compounds include, but aren't limited to, adrenocortical cancer, anal cancer, biliary cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, gliomas, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, intestinal cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, renal cancer, prostate cancer, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer, stomach cancer, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thyroid cancer, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, sarcoma, and soft tissue carcinomas. In certain embodiments, the compound is used to treat pancreatic cancer.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating a cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein. In certain embodiments, the cancer is renal cell carcinoma (RCC), pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, or prostate cancer. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating renal cell carcinoma (RCC) in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating pancreatic cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating lung cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating breast cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein. In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating prostate cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating a malignant solid tumor in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein to the patient. In certain embodiments, the malignant solid tumor is a sarcoma, carcinoma, or lymphoma.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment is a hematologic cancer, for example, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), lymphoma (e.g., Hodgkin's lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Hairy Cell chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), and multiple myeloma.

In certain embodiments, the compounds herein are used to treat cancers resistant to or previously treated with a chemotherapeutic agent or ionizing radiation. In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment determined to have, or identified as having, resistance to a chemotherapeutic agent or ionizing radiation. In certain embodiments, the cancer selected for treatment with the ferroptosis inducer is identified as being previously treated with a chemotherapeutic agent or ionizing radiation. In certain embodiments, the cancer selected for treatment has been previously treated with or is resistant to a chemotherapeutic agent selected from alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents (e.g., folate antagonists, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, etc.), topoisomerase inhibiting agents, anti-microtubule agents, aromatase inhibitors, antiangiogenic agents, differentiation inducing agents, cell growth arrest inducing agents, apoptosis inducing agents, cytotoxic agents, biologic agents (e.g., monoclonal antibodies), kinase inhibitors and inhibitors of growth factors and their receptors. In certain embodiments, the cancer selected for treatment has been previously treated with or is resistant to ionizing radiation.

In certain embodiments, the cancer selected for treatment with the compounds are determined to have or identified as having an activating or oncogenic RAS activity. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic RAS activity is an activating or oncogenic RAS mutations. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic RAS activity is an activating or activating K-RAS activity, particularly an activating or oncogenic K-RAS mutation. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic RAS activity is an activating or activating N-RAS activity, particularly an activating or oncogenic N-RAS mutation. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic RAS activity is an activating or activating H-RAS activity, particularly an activating or oncogenic H-RAS mutation.

In certain embodiments, the compounds are used in combination with a second therapeutic agent, such as platinating agents, alkylating agents, antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents (e.g., folate antagonists, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, etc.), topoisomerase I inhibiting agents, topoisomerase II inhibiting agents, anti-microtubule agents, aromatase inhibitors, antiangiogenic agents, differentiation inducing agents, cell growth arrest inducing agents, apoptosis inducing agents, cytotoxic agents, agents affecting cell bioenergetics, biologic agents, e.g., monoclonal antibodies, kinase inhibitors and inhibitors of growth factors and their receptors.

In certain embodiments of the combination treatment, the second therapeutic agent can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or subsequent to the administration of the compounds herein. In certain embodiments, the compound and the second therapeutic agent can be provided as a single composition where appropriate for ease of administration and enhance compliance with the combination treatment regimen. In certain embodiments, the use of the compound in combination with a second therapeutic agent is used to treat a cancer resistant to or previously treated with a chemotherapeutic agent or ionizing radiation, as further described herein.

As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a protein” includes more than one protein, and reference to “a compound” refers to more than one compound.

Also, the use of “or” means “and/or” unless stated otherwise. Similarly, “comprise,” “comprises,” “comprising” “include,” “includes,” and “including” are interchangeable and not intended to be limiting.

It is to be further understood that where descriptions of various embodiments use the term “comprising,” those skilled in the art would understand that in some specific instances, an embodiment can be alternatively described using language “consisting essentially of” or “consisting of.”

It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description, including the drawings, and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of this disclosure. The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.

1. Definitions

In reference to the present disclosure, the technical and scientific terms used in the descriptions herein will have the meanings commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, unless specifically defined otherwise. Accordingly, the following terms are intended to have the meanings as described below.

“Ferroptosis” refers to a form of cell death understood in the art as involving generation of reactive oxygen species mediated by iron, and characterized by, in part, lipid peroxidation.

“Ferroptosis inducer” or “ferroptosis activator” refers to an agent which induces, promotes or activates ferroptosis.

“K-RAS” refers to Kirsten rat sarcoma viral oncogene homolog, a small GTPase and a member of the RAS family of proteins involved in signal transduction. Exemplary human K-RAS nucleic acid and protein sequences are provided in GenBank Nos. M54968.1 and AAB414942.1, respectively. “K-RAS” as used herein encompasses variants, including orthologs and interspecies homologs, of the human K-RAS protein.

“Mutant K-RAS polypeptide,” “mutant K-RAS protein” and “mutant K-RAS” are used interchangeably and refer to a K-RAS polypeptide comprising at least one K-RAS mutation as compared to the corresponding wild-type K-RAS sequence. Certain exemplary mutant K-RAS polypeptides include, but are not limited to, allelic variants, splice variants, derivative variants, substitution variants, deletion variants, insertion variants, and fusion polypeptides.

“N-RAS” refers to Neuroblastoma RAS Viral (V-RAS) oncogene homolog, a small GTPase and a member of the RAS family of proteins involved in signal transduction. Exemplary human N-RAS nucleic acid and protein sequences are provided in NCBI Accession No. NP_002515 and GenBank Accession No. X02751, respectively. “N-RAS” as used herein encompasses variants, including orthologs and interspecies homologs of the human N-RAS protein.

“Mutant N-RAS polypeptide,” “mutant N-RAS protein” and “mutant N-RAS” are used interchangeably and refer to an N-RAS polypeptide comprising at least one N-RAS mutation as compared to the corresponding wild-type N-RAS sequence. Certain exemplary mutant N-RAS polypeptides include, but are not limited to, allelic variants, splice variants, derivative variants, substitution variants, deletion variants, insertion variants, and fusion polypeptides.

“H-RAS” refers to Harvey Rat Sarcoma viral oncogene homolog, a small GTPase and a member of the RAS family of proteins involved in signal transduction. Exemplary human H-RAS nucleic acid and protein sequences are provided in NCBI Accession No. P01112 and GenBank Accession No. NM_176795, respectively. “H-RAS” as used herein encompasses variants, including orthologs and interspecies homologs of the human H-RAS protein.

“Mutant H-RAS polypeptide,” “mutant H-RAS protein” and “mutant H-RAS” are used interchangeably and refer to an H-RAS polypeptide comprising at least one H-RAS mutation as compared to the corresponding wild-type H-RAS sequence. Certain exemplary mutant H-RAS polypeptides include, but are not limited to, allelic variants, splice variants, derivative variants, substitution variants, deletion variants, insertion variants, and fusion polypeptides.

“Activating K-RAS” refers to a form of K-RAS that has increased activity compared to wild-type K-RAS. The activation of K-RAS activity can result from a mutation or in certain embodiments, overexpression of the K-RAS protein.

“Activating N-RAS” refers to a form of N-RAS that has increased activity compared to wild-type N-RAS. The activation of N-RAS activity can result from a mutation, or in certain embodiments, overexpression of the N-RAS protein.

“Activating H-RAS” refers to a form of H-RAS that has increased activity compared to wild-type H-RAS. The activation of H-RAS activity can result from a mutation, or in certain embodiments, overexpression of the H-RAS protein.

“Mutation” or “mutant” refers to an amino acid or polynucleotide sequence which has been altered by substitution, insertion, and/or deletion. In certain embodiments, a mutant or variant sequence can have increased, decreased, or substantially similar activities or properties in comparison to the parental sequence.

“Identified” or “determined” refers to analyzing for, detection of, or carrying out a process for the presence or absence of one or more specified characteristics.

“Wild-type” or “naturally occurring” refers to the form found in nature. For example, a naturally occurring or wild-type polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence is a sequence present in an organism that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by human manipulation.

“Control” or “control sample” or “control group” refers to a sample or group that is compared to another sample or group, where generally the control sample or group are the same as a comparison group except for one or more factors being compared.

“Selecting” refers to the process of determining that a subject will receive an agent to treat the occurrence of a condition. Selecting can be based on an individual susceptibility to a particular disease or condition due to, for example, presence of an identifying cellular, physiological or environment factor or factors. In certain embodiments, selecting can be based on determining or identifying whether that subject will be responsive to an agent, for example as assessed by identifying the presence of a biomarker and/or drug target marker that makes the subject sensitive, insensitive, responsive, or unresponsive to an agent or treatment.

“Biological sample” refers to any sample including a biomolecule, such as a protein, a peptide, a nucleic acid, a lipid, a carbohydrate or a combination thereof, that is obtained from an organism, particularly a mammal. Examples of mammals include humans; veterinary animals like cats, dogs, horses, cattle, and swine; and laboratory animals like mice, rats and primates. In certain embodiments, a human subject in the clinical setting is referred to as a patient. Biological samples include tissue samples (such as tissue sections and needle biopsies of tissue), cell samples (for example, cytological smears such as Pap or blood smears or samples of cells obtained by microdissection), or cell fractions, fragments or organelles (such as obtained by lysing cells and separating their components by centrifugation or otherwise). Other examples of biological samples include blood, serum, urine, semen, fecal matter, cerebrospinal fluid, interstitial fluid, mucous, tears, sweat, pus, biopsied tissue (for example, obtained by a surgical biopsy or a needle biopsy), nipple aspirates, milk, vaginal fluid, saliva, swabs (such as buccal swabs), or any material containing biomolecules that is derived from a first biological sample. In certain embodiments, the biological sample is a “cell free sample,” such as cell free or extracellular polynucleotides, and cell free or extracellular proteins. In certain embodiments, cell free DNA or cfDNA refers to extracellular DNA obtained from blood, particularly the serum.

“Subject” as used herein refers to a mammal, for example a dog, a cat, a horse, or a rabbit. In certain embodiments, the subject is a non-human primate, for example a monkey, chimpanzee, or gorilla. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human, sometimes referred to herein as a patient.

“Treating” or “treatment” of a disease, disorder, or syndrome, as used herein, includes (i) preventing the disease, disorder, or syndrome from occurring in a subject, i.e. causing the clinical symptoms of the disease, disorder, or syndrome not to develop in an animal that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease, disorder, or syndrome but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease, disorder, or syndrome; (ii) inhibiting the disease, disorder, or syndrome, i.e., arresting its development; and (iii) relieving the disease, disorder, or syndrome, i.e., causing regression of the disease, disorder, or syndrome. As is known in the art, adjustments for systemic versus localized delivery, age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, drug interaction and the severity of the condition may be necessary, and will be ascertainable with routine experimentation by one of ordinary skill in the art, particularly in view of the guidance provided in the present disclosure.

“Therapeutically effective amount” refers to that amount which, when administered to an animal (e.g., human) for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease, disorder, or condition. In certain embodiments, the treatment provides a therapeutic benefit such as amelioration of symptoms or slowing of disease progression. For example, a therapeutically effective amount may be an amount sufficient to decrease a symptom of a disease or condition of as described herein.

“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 20 or C 1-20 ), e.g., 1 to 12 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 12 or C 1-12 ), or 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 8 or C 1-8 ). Exemplary “alkyl” includes, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and s-pentyl, and the like.

“Alkenyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group of 2 to 20 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 20 or C 2-20 ), e.g., 2 to 12 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 12 or C 2-12 ), or 2 to 8 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 8 or C 2-8 ), having at least one double bond. Exemplary “alkenyl” includes, but are not limited to, vinyl ethenyl, allyl, isopropenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-ethyl-1-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl and 5-hexenyl, and the like.

“Alkynyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group of 2 to 12 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 12 or C 2-12 ), e.g., 2 to 8 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 8 or C 2-8 ), containing at least one triple bond. Exemplary “alkynyl” includes ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl and 5-hexynyl, and the like.

“Alkylene,” “alkenylene” and “alkynylene” refers to a straight or branched chain divalent hydrocarbon radical of the corresponding alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl, respectively. The “alkylene,” “alkenylene” and “alkynylene” may be optionally substituted, for example with alkyl, alkyloxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, carboxyl, halo, nitro, and the like. In certain embodiments, “alkyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” can represent the corresponding “alkylene,” “alkenylene” and “alkynylene,” such as, by way of example and not limitation, cycloalkylalkyl-, heterocycloalkylalkyl-, arylalkyl-, heteroarylalkyl-, cycloalkylalkenyl-, heterocycloalkylalkenyl-, arylalkenyl-, heteroarylalkenyl-, cycloalkylalkynyl-, heterocycloalkylalkynyl-, arylalkynyl-, heteroarylalkynyl-, and the like, wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl group is connected, as a substituent via the corresponding alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group.

“Aliphatic” refers to an organic compound characterized by substituted or unsubstituted, straight or branched, and/or cyclic chain arrangements of constituent carbon atoms. Aliphatic compounds do not contain aromatic rings as part of the molecular structure of the compounds. Aliphatic compound can have 1-20 (C 1 -C 20 or C 1-20 ) carbon atoms, 1-12 (C 1 -C 12 or C 1-12 ) carbon atoms, or 1-8 (C 1 -C 8 or C 1-8 ) carbon atoms.

“Lower” in reference to substituents refers to a group having between one and six carbon atoms.

“Alkylhalo” or “haloalkyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 20 or C 1-20 ), e.g., 1 to 12 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 12 or C 1-12 ), or 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 8 or C 1-8 ) wherein one or more (e.g., one to three, or one) hydrogen atom is replaced by a halogen (e.g., Cl, F, etc.). In certain embodiments, the term “alkylhalo” refers to an alkyl group as defined herein, wherein one hydrogen atom is replaced by a halogen (e.g., Cl, F, etc.). In certain embodiments, the term “alkylhalo” refers to an alkylchloride.

“Alkenylhalo” or “haloalkenyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group of 2 to 20 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 20 or C 2-20 ), e.g., 2 to 12 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 12 or C 2-12 ), or 2 to 8 carbon atoms (C 2 -C 8 or C 2-8 ), having at least one double bond, wherein one or more (e.g., one to three, or one) hydrogen atom is replaced by a halogen (e.g., Cl, F, etc.). In certain embodiments, the term “alkenylhalo” refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein, wherein one hydrogen atom is replaced by a halogen (e.g., Cl, F, etc.). In certain embodiments, the term “alkenylhalo” refers to an alkenylchloride.

“Cycloalkyl” refers to any stable monocyclic or polycyclic system which consists of carbon atoms, any ring of which being saturated. “Cycloalkenyl” refers to any stable monocyclic or polycyclic system which consists of carbon atoms, with at least one ring thereof being partially unsaturated. Examples of cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, bicycloalkyls and tricycloalkyls (e.g., adamantyl).

“Heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 14 membered, mono- or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic), non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, wherein 1 to 3 carbon atoms are replaced by a heteroatom. Heteroatoms and/or heteroatomic groups which can replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, —O—, —S—, —S—O—, —NR 40 —, —PH—, —C(O)—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —S(O)NR 40 —, —S(O) 2 NR 40 —, and the like, including combinations thereof, where each R 40 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl. Examples include thiazolidinyl, thiadiazolyl, triazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2,3-dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyranyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like. In certain embodiments, the “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 7 membered monocyclic ring, wherein 1 to 3 carbon atoms are replaced by a heteroatom as described above.

In certain embodiments, the “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 10, or 4 to 9, or 5 to 9, or 5 to 7, or 5 to 6 membered mono- or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic) ring, wherein 1 to 3 carbon atoms are replaced by a heteroatom as described above. In certain embodiments, when the “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” is a substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic ring, one ring may be aromatic, provided at least one ring is non-aromatic, regardless of the point of attachment to the remainder of the molecule (e.g., indolinyl, isoindolinyl, and the like).

“Carbocycle,” “carbocyclyl,” and “carbocyclic,” as used herein, refer to a non-aromatic saturated or unsaturated ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon. The ring may be monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or even of higher order. Thus, the terms “carbocycle,” “carbocyclyl,” and “carbocyclic,” encompass fused, bridged and spirocyclic systems. Preferably a carbocycle ring contains from 3 to 14 atoms, including 3 to 8 or 5 to 7 atoms, such as for example, 5 or 6 atoms.

“Aryl” refers to a 6 to 14-membered, mono- or bi-carbocyclic ring, wherein the monocyclic ring is aromatic and at least one of the rings in the bicyclic ring is aromatic. Unless stated otherwise, the valency of the group may be located on any atom of any ring within the radical, valency rules permitting. Examples of “aryl” groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, biphenyl, phenanthrenyl, naphthacenyl, and the like.

“Heteroaryl” means an aromatic heterocyclic ring, including monocyclic and polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic) ring systems, where at least one carbon atom of one or both of the rings is replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or at least two carbon atoms of one or both of the rings are replaced with a heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl can be a 5 to 6 membered monocyclic, or 7 to 11 membered bicyclic ring systems. Examples of “heteroaryl” groups include pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolyl, and the like.

“Bridged bicyclic” refers to any bicyclic ring system, i.e. carbocyclic or heterocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated, having at least one bridge. As defined by IUPAC, a “bridge” is an unbranched chain of atoms or an atom or a valence bond connecting two bridgeheads, where a “bridgehead” is any skeletal atom of the ring system which is bonded to three or more skeletal atoms (excluding hydrogen). In certain embodiments, a bridged bicyclic group has 5-12 ring members and 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Such bridged bicyclic groups include those groups set forth below where each group is attached to the rest of the molecule at any substitutable carbon or nitrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as set forth for aliphatic groups. Additionally or alternatively, any substitutable nitrogen of a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted. Exemplary bridged bicyclics include, but are not limited to:

“Fused ring” refers a ring system with two or more rings having at least one bond and two atoms in common. A “fused aryl” and a “fused heteroaryl” refer to ring systems having at least one aryl and heteroaryl, respectively, that share at least one bond and two atoms in common with another ring.

“Carbonyl” refers to —C(O)—. The carbonyl group may be further substituted with a variety of substituents to form different carbonyl groups including acids, acid halides, aldehydes, amides, esters, and ketones. For example, an —C(O)R 41 , wherein R 41 is an alkyl is referred to as an alkylcarbonyl. In certain embodiments, R 41 is selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl.

“Halogen” or “halo” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.

“Hydroxy” refers to —OH.

“Oxy” refer to group —O—, which may have various substituents to form different oxy groups, including ethers and esters. In certain embodiments, the oxy group is an —OR 42 , wherein R 42 is selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl.

“Acyl” refers to —C(O)R 43 , where R 43 is hydrogen, or an optionally substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl as defined herein. Exemplary acyl groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl, benzylcarbonyl, and the like.

“Alkyloxy” or “alkoxy” refers to —OR 44 , wherein R 44 is an optionally substituted alkyl.

“Aryloxy” refers to —OR 45 , wherein R 45 is an optionally substituted aryl.

“Carboxy” refers to —COO— or COOM, wherein M is H or a counterion (e.g., a cation, such as Nat, Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.).

“Carbamoyl” refers to —C(O)NR 46 R 46 , wherein each R 46 is independently selected from H or an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocylcoalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl.

“Cyano” refers to —CN.

“Ester” refers to a group such as —C(═O)OR 47 , alternatively illustrated as —C(O)OR 47 , wherein R 47 is selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocyclolalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl.

“Thiol” refers to —SH.

“Sulfanyl” refers to —SR 48 , wherein R 48 is selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl. For example, —SR 48 , wherein R 48 is an alkyl is an alkylsulfanyl.

“Sulfonyl” refers to —S(O) 2 —, which may have various substituents to form different sulfonyl groups including sulfonic acids, sulfonamides, sulfonate esters, and sulfones. For example, —S(O) 2 R 49 wherein R 49 is an alkyl refers to an alkylsulfonyl. In certain embodiments of —S(O) 2 R 49 , R 49 is selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl.

“Sulfinyl” refers to —S(O)—, which may have various substituents to form different sulfinyl groups including sulfinic acids, sulfinamides, and sulfinyl esters. For example, —S(O)R 50 , wherein R 50 is an alkyl refers to an alkylsulfinyl. In certain embodiments of —S(O)R 50 , R 50 is selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl.

“Silyl” refers to Si, which may have various substituents, for example —SiR 51 R 51 R 51 , where each R 51 is independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl. As defined herein, any heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group present in a silyl group has from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, N, and S.

“Amino” or “amine” refers to the group —NR 52 R 52 or —N+R 52 R 52 R 52 , wherein each R 52 is independently selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, acyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and the like. Exemplary amino groups include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, diethylamino, trimethylammonium, triethylammonium, methylysulfonylamino, furanyl-oxy-sulfamino, and the like.

“Amide” refers to a group such as, —C(═O)NR 53 R 53 , wherein each R 53 is independently selected from H and an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl.

“Sulfonamide” refers to —S(O) 2 NR 54 R 54 , wherein each R 54 is independently selected from H and an optionally substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, -alkylenecarbonyl-, or alkylene-O—C(O)—OR 55 , where R 55 is selected from H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, and sulfinyl.

“Adamantyl” refers to a compound of structural formula:

where optional substitutions can be present on one or more of R a , Rb, R c , and R d . Adamantyl includes substituted adamantyl, e.g., 1- or 2-adamantyl, substituted by one or more substituents, including alkyl, halo, OH, NH 2 , and alkoxy. Exemplary derivatives include methyladamatane, haloadamantane, hydroxyadamantane, and aminoadamantane (e.g., amantadine).

“N-protecting group” as used herein refers to those groups intended to protect a nitrogen atom against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures. Exemplary N-protecting groups include, but is not limited to, acyl groups such acetyl and t-butylacetyl, pivaloyl, alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methyloxycarbonyl and t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), aryloxycarbonyl groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc and aroyl groups such as benzoyl. N-protecting groups are described in Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 5th Edition, P. G. M. Wuts, ed., Wiley (2014).

“Optional” or “optionally” refers to a described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where the event or circumstance does not. For example, “optionally substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group that may or may not be substituted and that the description encompasses both substituted alkyl group and unsubstituted alkyl group.

“Substituted” as used herein means one or more hydrogen atoms of the group is replaced with a substituent atom or group commonly used in pharmaceutical chemistry. Each substituent can be the same or different. Examples of suitable substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, —OR 56 (e.g., hydroxyl, alkyloxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, and propoxy), aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, ether, ester, carbamate, etc.), hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkyloxyalkyloxy, perhaloalkyl, alkyloxyalkyl, SR 56 (e.g., thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, arylalkylthio, etc.), S + R 56 2 , S(O)R 56 , SO 2 R 56 , NR 56 R 57 (e.g., primary amine (i.e., NH 2 ), secondary amine, tertiary amine, amide, carbamate, urea, etc.), hydrazide, halo, nitrile, nitro, sulfide, sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfonamide, thiol, carboxy, aldehyde, keto, carboxylic acid, ester, amide, imine, and imide, including seleno and thio derivatives thereof, wherein each R 56 and R 57 are independently alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and wherein each of the substituents can be optionally further substituted. In embodiments in which a functional group with an aromatic carbon ring is substituted, such substitutions will typically number less than about 10 substitutions, more preferably about 1 to 5, with about 1 or 2 substitutions being preferred.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds as disclosed herein contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds as disclosed herein contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, phosphoric, partially neutralized phosphoric acids, sulfuric, partially neutralized sulfuric, hydroiodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like. Certain specific compounds of the present disclosure may contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th Ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., (1985) and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66:2 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” refers to an excipient, carrier or adjuvant that can be administered to a subject, together with at least one therapeutic agent, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is generally safe, nontoxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the agent.

Any compound or structure given herein, is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. These forms of compounds may also be referred to as “isotopically enriched analogs.” Isotopically labeled compounds have structures depicted herein, except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number.

Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 123 I, and 125 I, respectively. Various isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H, 13 C and 14 C are incorporated. Such isotopically labelled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays or in radioactive treatment of patients.

The term “isotopically enriched analogs” includes “deuterated analogs” of compounds described herein in which one or more hydrogens is/are replaced by deuterium, such as a hydrogen on a carbon atom. Such compounds exhibit increased resistance to metabolism and are thus useful for increasing the half-life of any compound when administered to a mammal, e.g., a human. See, for example, Foster, “Deuterium Isotope Effects in Studies of Drug Metabolism,” Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 5(12):524-527 (1984). Such compounds are synthesized by means well known in the art, for example by employing starting materials in which one or more hydrogens have been replaced by deuterium.

Deuterium labelled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the disclosure may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life, reduced dosage requirements and/or an improvement in therapeutic index. An 18 F, 3 H, 11 C labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT or other imaging studies. Isotopically labeled compounds of this disclosure and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent in a compound described herein.

The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor. In the compounds of this disclosure any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. Unless otherwise stated, when a position is designated specifically as “H” or “hydrogen,” the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural abundance isotopic composition. Accordingly, in the compounds of this disclosure any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium.

Some of the compounds exist as tautomers. Tautomers are in equilibrium with one another. For example, amide containing compounds may exist in equilibrium with imidic acid tautomers. Regardless of which tautomer is shown and regardless of the nature of the equilibrium among tautomers, the compounds are understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to comprise both amide and imidic acid tautomers. Thus, the amide containing compounds are understood to include their imidic acid tautomers. Likewise, the imidic acid containing compounds are understood to include their amide tautomers.

The compounds as disclosed herein, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts include an asymmetric center and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present disclosure is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (+) and (−), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers.

A “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable. The present disclosure contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers,” which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.

“Diastereomers” are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but which are not mirror-images of each other.

Relative centers of the compounds as depicted herein are indicated graphically using the “thick bond” style (bold or parallel lines) and absolute stereochemistry is depicted using wedge bonds (bold or parallel lines).

“Prodrugs” means any compound which releases an active parent drug according to a structure described herein in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of a compound described herein are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound described herein in such a way that the modifications may be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound. Prodrugs include compounds described herein wherein a hydroxy, amino, carboxyl, or sulfhydryl group in a compound described herein is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives), amides, guanidines, carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups in compounds described herein and the like. Specific prodrugs may include, but are not limited to, compounds provided herein where a solubility-enhancing moiety has been appended thereto. For example, a compound may be modified to include a polyethylene glycol group (e.g., —(OCH 2 CH 2 ) u —OH, where u is from about 2 to about 6, or more) at or off a suitable functional group (e.g., an ester, amide, sulfonyl, or sulfonamide moiety) on R 1 , R 3 or R 4 , such as in Example 189 (below):

Preparation, selection and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; “Design of Prodrugs,” ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985; and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

2. Compounds

Cell death is crucial for normal development, homeostasis and the prevention of proliferative diseases such as cancer (Fuchs and Steller, 2011, Cell 147(4):742-58; Thompson, C. B., 1995, Science. 1995 267(5203):1456-62). Programmed cell death (PCD) can take different forms, such as apoptosis, mitotic catastrophe, necrosis, senescence, and autophagy. While each of these processes ultimately lead to cell death, the pathways and mechanisms appear to be unique, both at the molecular and cellular level.

Ferroptosis have been identified as another cellular pathway that can lead to the death of cells. Ferroptosis does not display the classical features of apoptosis, such as mitochondrial cytochrome c release, caspase activation and chromatin fragmentation (Dolma et al., 2003, Cancer Cell, 2003, 3(3):285-96; Yagoda et al., 2007, Nature. 447(7146):864-8; Yang and Stockwell, 2008, Chem Biol. 15(3):234-45). Ferroptosis does not appear to be sensitive to inhibitors of caspases, cathepsin or calpain proteases, RIPK1 (necrostatin-1), cyclophilin D (cyclosporin A) or lysosomal function/autophagy that are involved in forms of apoptosis, necrosis and autophagic cell death. Ferroptosis is characterized by increased levels of intracellular reactive oxygen species (ROS) and is prevented by iron chelation or genetic inhibition of cellular iron uptake. Addition of iron, but not by other divalent transition metal ions can potentiate ferroptosis. Cellular components implicated in and regulating ferroptosis include, among others, cysteine-glutamate antiporter (system X − c ), glutathione peroxidase 4 (GPX4), p53, and cargo receptor NCOA4. The inactivation or inhibition of some of these molecules, for example system X − c or GPX4, leads to iron-dependent cell death (see, e.g., Gao et al., 2016, Cell Res. 26:1021-1032). A distinctive morphological feature of ferroptosis is reduction in mitochondrial size and increased membrane density. The prevention of cell death by iron chelation has been suggested to be a rare phenomenon, having only a limited number of triggers that can induce this iron-dependent cell death mechanism (see, e.g., Wolpaw et al., 2011, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 108(39):E771-E780). This suggests that ferroptosis might not be subject to the significant selection pressures for accumulation of mutations that inactivate other cell death pathways in cancer cells, thereby affording an alternative pathway for inducing cell death in cancer cells, bypassing mutations that inactivate or attenuate other cell death pathways.

RSL3, a compound of the following structure;

was identified in a synthetic lethal screen of oncogenic RAS (Yang et al., 2008, Chemistry & Biology 15:234-245). The RSL3 compound, also denoted as K601 in the present disclosure, binds to and inactivates glutathione peroxidases (GPXs), unlike another ferroptosis inducer, erastin, which inactivates GPX4 by depletion of glutathione (Yang et al., 2014, 156(1-2):317-33). The RSL3 compound displays growth inhibiting properties against various cancer cell lines. Other compounds similar to RSL3 are described in US patent publication US2010-0081654. However, RSL3 may be rapidly hydrolyzed under biological conditions, and its poor pharmacokinetic properties may disadvantage its use as a therapeutic (see, e.g., Hangauer et al., 2017, Nature 551(7679):247-250). In addition, based on analysis of the crystal structure of GPX4, the enzyme is suggested to have a round molecular surface with no apparent druggable pockets, and while the enzyme has a catalytic site, its active site in considered insufficient to accommodate small molecules. See, e.g., Sakamoto et al., 2016, Biochem Biophy Res Commun. 482(2):195-201.

Studies have shown that lipophilic antioxidants, such as ferrostatin, can rescue cells from GPX4 inhibition-induced ferroptosis. For instance, mesenchymal state GPX4-knockout cells can survive in the presence of ferrostatin, however, when the supply of ferrostatin is terminated, these cells undergo ferroptosis (see, e.g., Viswanathan et al., Nature 547:453-7, 2017). Accordingly, the ability of a molecule to induce ferroptotic cancer cell death, and that such ability is admonished by the addition of ferrostatin, is clear indication that the molecule is a GPX4 inhibitor. In view of the foregoing, the present disclosure provides compounds with GPX4 inhibiting activity, and in certain embodiments, compounds having altered or enhanced stability (e.g., metabolic stability) and/or enhanced activity or other characteristics as compared to other GPX4 inhibitors. In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein are selective for GPX4 over other GPXs.

In certain embodiments, provided herein is a compound of formula (I):

or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

ring A is C 4 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;

X is NR 5 , O or S;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

q is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —CN, —OH, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 6 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)R 8 , —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH, —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR, or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ;

each R 3 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR, —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —SF 5 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R, —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 8 , —C(O)R 6 , —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl of R 3 is independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 ;

each R 4 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR, —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 15 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —OC(O)R 8 , —C(O)R 6 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl of R 4 is optionally independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 ;

R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 6 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each R 6 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ;

each R 7 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each R 7 or ring formed thereby is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ;

each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheterocyclyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, or —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl; wherein each R 8 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, —C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, —C 2 -C 3 haloalkenyl, C 2 alkynyl, or —CH 2 OS(O) 2 -phenyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo and —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo are optionally substituted with one or two —CH 3 , and the C 2 alkynyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one —CH 3 ;

each R 10 is independently halo, —CN, —OR 12 , —NO 2 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O)R 13 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —S(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)R 12 , —C(O)OR 12 , —C(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 12 , —OC(O)R 12 , —OC(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl of R 10 is optionally independently substituted with one to three R 11 ;

each R 11 is independently halo, —CN, —OR 12 , —NO 2 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O)R 13 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —S(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)R 12 , —C(O)OR 12 , —C(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 12 , —OC(O)R 12 , —OC(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)N(R 12 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;

each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl;

each R 13 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl, —C 2 -C 6 alkenylaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheteroaryl, and —C 2 -C 6 alkenylheteroaryl.

In certain embodiments, when X is NR 5 , then R 9 is C 2 alkynyl.

In certain embodiments, when X is NR 5 , and R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, —C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, —C 2 -C 3 haloalkenyl, or —CH 2 OS(O) 2 -phenyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo and —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo are optionally substituted with one or two —CH 3 , and the phenyl is optionally substituted with —CH 3 , then R 1 is other than —C(O)OR 6 and —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, when X is NR 5 , then (i) R 9 is C 2 alkynyl; or (ii) R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, —C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, —C 2 -C 3 haloalkenyl, or —CH 2 OS(O) 2 -phenyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo and —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo are optionally substituted with one or two —CH 3 , and the phenyl is optionally substituted with —CH 3 , and R 1 is other than —C(O)OR 6 and —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, when X is NH, R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 , R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or C(O)CH 2 F, q is 1, p is 0, and ring A with the R 3 is

R 3 ; then (i) R 3 and R 6 are not simultaneously —NO 2 and —CH 3 , respectively, and (ii) when R 6 is —CH 3 , then R 3 is other than H, halo, and —NO 2 .

In certain embodiments, when X is NH, R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 , R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or C(O)CH 2 F, q is 1, p is 0, ring A with the R 3 is

R 3 , and R 3 is —C(O)OR 6 ; then both R 6 are not simultaneously

(i) —CH 3 ; (ii) —CH 3 and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, respectively; or (iii) —CH 2 CH 3 and —CH 3 , respectively.

In certain embodiments, when X is NH, R 1 is —C(O)OCH 3 , R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F, q is 1, p is 0, and R 3 is H; then ring A is other than phenyl.

In certain embodiments, and when X is NH, R 1 is —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , wherein R 7 are H, R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F, q is 0, or 1, p is 0, and ring A is phenyl; then q is not 0, or when q is 1, R 3 is other than halo.

In certain embodiments, the compound is not:

or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (I′), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 and R 9 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (II), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 and R 9 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (II′), or a tautomer, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 and R 9 are as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R 9 is C 2 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, X is NR 5 , and R 9 is C 2 alkynyl.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (III), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (III′), or a tautomer, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIIa), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIIa′), or a tautomer, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIIb), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 7 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIIb′), or a tautomer, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 7 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIIc), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 7 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIIc′), or a tautomer, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 7 are as defined herein.

In certain embodiments of formula (IIIb), (IIIb′), IIIc) or (IIIc′), the two R 11 groups together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups is optionally substituted with a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl or —N(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) 2 , wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group. In certain embodiments, the 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl is selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, azepanyl and 1,4-diazepanyl. In certain embodiments, the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, when present as a substituent, is selected from azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, piperidinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, and dihydropyrimidinyl. In certain embodiments, the N-protecting group when present is t-Boc.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIId), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IIId′), or a tautomer, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of p, q, R 1 , R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —CN, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —OH, —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 8 . In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —OH, —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 8 .

In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —CN, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —OH, —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 8 . In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —OH, —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 8 .

In certain embodiments, R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 or —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 . In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IV), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IV′), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IVa), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (IVa′), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, isotopically enriched analog, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

where each of ring A, p, q, R 3 , and R 4 are as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, p is 1, 2 or 3. In certain embodiments, p is 1. In certain embodiments, p is 2. In certain embodiments, p is 3.

In certain embodiments, p is 0. In certain embodiments, p is 0 or 1. In certain embodiments, p is 1 or 2.

In certain embodiments, q is 1, 2 or 3. In certain embodiments, q is 1. In certain embodiments, q is 2. In certain embodiments, q is 3. In certain embodiments, q is 0.

In certain embodiments, X is NR 5 or S.

In certain embodiments, R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —CN, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 8 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is halo, —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —SF 5 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)R 8 , —C(O)R 6 , or —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is halo.

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —NHR 8 . In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —N(R 8 ) 2 . In certain embodiments, q is 2, and one R 3 is halo and the other R 3 is —N(R 8 ) 2 . In certain embodiments, q is 3, and two R 3 are independently halo and one R 3 is —N(R 8 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —C(O)OR 6 or —C(O)R 6 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , or —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)R 8 , or —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, each R 3 is independently halo, —CN, —OR, —NHR 8 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —SF 5 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)R 8 , —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl of R 3 is independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 .

In certain embodiments, each R 3 is independently halo, —CN, —OR 8 , —NHR 8 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —SF 5 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)R 8 , —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl is independently optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halo, —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 12 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or heterocyclyl; wherein

each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; and each R 13 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, each R 4 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR 8 , —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 15 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R, —OC(O)R 8 , —C(O)R 6 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl of R 4 is independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 . In certain embodiments, each R 4 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR 8 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl of R 4 is independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 .

In certain embodiments, each R 4 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR 8 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl of R 4 is optionally substituted with one to three R 10 .

In certain embodiments, each R 4 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR 8 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl of R 4 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halo, —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 12 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or heterocyclyl; wherein

each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; and each R 13 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, each R 6 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; wherein each R 6 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 .

In certain embodiments, each R 6 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; wherein each R 6 is independently further substituted with one to three halo, —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 12 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or heterocyclyl; wherein

each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, each R 7 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each R 7 or ring formed thereby is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 .

In certain embodiments, each R 7 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each R 7 or ring formed thereby is independently further substituted with one to three halo, —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 12 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or heterocyclyl; wherein

each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl; wherein each R 8 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 .

In certain embodiments, each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl; wherein each R 8 is independently further substituted with one to three halo, —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 12 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or heterocyclyl; wherein

each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, each R 10 is independently —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, of R 10 is optionally independently substituted with one to three R 11 ;

each R 11 is independently halo, —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 12 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or heterocyclyl; each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; and each R 13 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, ring A is C 4 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;

X is NR 5 or S; p is 0, 1, 2 or 3; q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —CN, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OH or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 8 ; R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ; each R 3 is independently halo, —CN, —OR, —NHR 8 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —SF 5 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)R 8 , —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl; wherein each C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl of R 3 is independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 ; each R 4 is independently halo, —CN, —OH, —OR, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl; wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl of R 4 is optionally independently optionally substituted with one to three R 10 ; R 5 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; each R 6 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; wherein each R 6 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ; each R 7 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each R 7 or ring formed thereby is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ; each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, or —C 1 -C 6 alkylaryl; wherein each R 8 is independently further substituted with one to three R 11 ; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, —C 2 -C 3 alkenyl, —C 2 -C 3 haloalkenyl, C 2 alkynyl, or —CH 2 OS(O) 2 -phenyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo and —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo are optionally substituted with one or two —CH 3 , and the C 2 alkynyl and phenyl are optionally substituted with one —CH 3 ; each R 10 is independently —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 13 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, of R 10 is optionally independently substituted with one to three R 11 ; each R 11 is independently halo, —OR 12 , —N(R 12 ) 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —C(O)OR 12 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 12 , —OC(O)CHR 12 N(R 12 ) 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or heterocyclyl; each R 12 is independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl; and each R 13 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound has a structure of formula (V):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

A is a 4 to 7 membered cycloalkyl, 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;

R 1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylhalo, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 6 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , NO 2 , —OR, —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ;

R 3 is H, halo, —C(O)OR 10 , —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 10 , —C 0 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, —C 0 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —N(R 11 ) 2 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , —NO 2 or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo,

C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 N—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo,

—NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

Also provided herein is a compound of formula (V):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

wherein:

X is N, O or S;

A is a 4 to 7 membered cycloalkyl, 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;

R 1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylhalo, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 6 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , NO 2 , —OR, —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , or —Si(R 15 )—;

R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ;

R 3 is H, halo, —C(O)OR 10 , —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 10 , —C 0 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, —C 0 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —N(R 11 ) 2 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , —NO 2 or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl- or (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 16 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 16 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 16 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—;

each R 16 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 13 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 13 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 16 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 16 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 13 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

with the proviso that:

(a) when

(b) when

(c) when

X is N;

R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 , wherein R 6 is —CH 3 ;

R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F;

p is 0;

R 3 is H; and

R 5 is H;

then ring A is other than phenyl; and

(d) when

X is N;

R 1 is —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , wherein R 7 are H;

R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F;

p is 0;

R 5 is H; and

ring A is phenyl;

then R 3 is other than H or halo.

In certain embodiments, the compound has a structure of formula (V):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

ring A is a 4 to 7 membered cycloalkyl, 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;

R 1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylhalo, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 6 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , NO 2 , —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , or —Si(R 15 )—;

R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ;

R 3 is H, halo, —C(O)OR 10 , —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 10 , —C 0 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, —C 0 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —N(R 11 ) 2 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , —NO 2 or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl- or (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—;

with the proviso that:

(a) when

(b) when

(c) when

X is N;

R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 , wherein R 6 is —CH 3 ;

R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F;

p is 0;

R 3 is H; and

R 5 is H;

then ring A is other than phenyl; and

(d) when

X is N;

R 1 is —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , wherein R 7 are H;

R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F;

p is 0;

R 5 is H; and ring A is phenyl;

then R 3 is other than H or halo.

In certain embodiments, ring A is aryl or heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, ring A is a monocyclic aryl or monocyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, ring A is heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is aryl. In certain embodiments, ring A is phenyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, ring A is pyridyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is phenyl, pyridyl, piperidynyl, piperazinyl, or morpholinyl.

In certain embodiments, ring A is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted by one to three R 3 . In certain embodiments, ring A is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted by one to three R 3 , where at least one R 3 is C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein each C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl of R 3 is optionally substituted with one to three R 10 .

In certain embodiments, ring A is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted by two or three R 3 . In certain embodiments, ring A is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted by two or three R 3 ; wherein at least one R 3 is halo.

In certain embodiments, ring A is:

wherein 0 to 3 of U, V, W, X, Y, and Z is independently N, S, or O, and each independently represents a single or double bond, which comply with valency requirements based on U, V, W, X, Y and Z.

In certain embodiments, ring A is:

wherein 1 to 3 of U, W, X, Y, and Z is N, S, or O, and represents a single or double bond, which comply with valency requirements based on U, W, X, Y and Z.

In certain embodiments, ring A is cyclohexyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is C 4 -C 10 cycloalkyl, substituted with one to three R 3 . In certain embodiments, ring A is a C 4 -C 7 cycloalkyl, substituted with one to three R 3 . In certain embodiments, ring A is bicyclo[1.1.1]pentanyl, substituted with one to three R 3 . In certain embodiments, ring A is selected from cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl, wherein each is substituted with one to three R 3 .

In certain embodiments, ring A is cyclohexyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is C 4 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is a C 4 -C 7 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is bicyclo[1.1.1]pentanyl. In certain embodiments, ring A is selected from cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl.

In certain embodiments, ring A is:

where q and each R 3 is independently as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, ring A is selected from:

In certain embodiments, ring A is a bridged bicyclic ring selected from:

wherein each is substituted with one to three R 3 . In certain embodiments, ring A is a bridged bicyclic ring selected from:

wherein each R 3 is attached to a carbon atom on the bridged bicyclic ring.

In certain embodiments, ring A is a bridged bicyclic ring selected from:

and wherein R 3 is attached to a carbon atom on the bridged bicyclic ring. In certain embodiments, ring A is a bridged bicyclic ring selected from:

In certain embodiments, ring A is:

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —NH 2 , —NHR 8 , —N(R 8 ) 2 , —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NO 2 , —Si(R 12 ) 3 , —SF 5 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)R, —C(O)R 6 , or —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —NHR 8 or —N(R) 2 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —C(O)OR 6 or —C(O)R 6 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —S(O) 2 N(R 7 ) 2 , —S(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , or —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, at least one R 3 is —S(O) 2 R 8 , —S(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)R 8 , —NR 12 C(O)OR 8 , —OC(O)R, or —OC(O)CHR 8 N(R 12 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (V) has the stereochemical structure (V′):

or an enantiomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, each of the compounds described herein can have the stereochemical structure depicted for formula (V′).

In certain embodiments, the compound has a structure of formula (Va):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 1 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylhalo, —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 6 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , NO 2 , —OR 8 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ;

R 3 is —C(O)OR 10 , —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 10 , —C 0 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, —C 0 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —N(R 11 ) 2 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , —NO 2 or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—;

with the proviso that:

(a) when

X is N;

R 1 is —C(O)OR 6

R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F;

p is 0; and

R 5 is H;

then (i) R 3 and R 6 are not simultaneously-NO 2 and —CH 3 , respectively;

(b) when

X is N;

R 1 is —C(O)OR 6

R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl or —C(O)CH 2 F;

R 3 is —C(O)OR 10 ;

p is 0; and

R 5 is H;

then R 6 and R 10 are not simultaneously

(i) —CH 3 ;

(ii) —CH 3 and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, respectively; and

(iii) —CH 2 CH 3 and —CH 3 , respectively.

In certain embodiments, the compound of structural formula (Va) has the following stereochemical structure (Va′):

or an enantiomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the aryl, when used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl, is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, and biphenyl.

In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl, when used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl, is selected from furanyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, 3-thienyl, benzofuryl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolylpurinyl, pyrazinyl, and quinolinyl.

In certain embodiments, the 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyl is selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, azepanyl and 1,4-diazepanyl.

In certain embodiments, the 4 to 6-membered heterocyclyl when present is selected from azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, piperidinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, pyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, and dihydropyrimidinyl.

In certain embodiments, R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments, R 4 is Br, Cl, or F, and p is 1 or 2.

In certain embodiments, R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl or —C 1 -C 2 alkylF. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CH 2 CH 2 Cl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CD 2 CD 2 Cl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CH 2 Cl or —CH 2 F. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CH 2 Cl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CD 2 Cl or —CD 2 F. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CD 2 Cl.

In certain embodiments, R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 , wherein R 6 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the R 6 of —C(O)OR 6 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, or hexyl.

In certain embodiments, R 3 is —C(O)OR 10 , wherein R 10 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, or C 3 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the R 10 of —C(O)OR 10 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, or hexyl.

As noted for the compounds of formula (Va) and (Va′), when R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 , R 2 is —C(O)CH 2 Cl; and R 3 is —C(O)OR 10 , then R 6 and R 10 are not simultaneously: (i) —CH 3 , (ii) —CH 3 and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl respectively; and (iii) —CH 2 CH 3 and —CH 3 , respectively.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following structural formula (Vb):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 2 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—;

with the proviso that when

X is N;

R 9 is —CH 2 Cl, —CH 2 F, —CD 2 Cl, or —CD 2 F;

p is 0; and

R 5 is H, then R 6 and R 10 are not simultaneously

(i) —CH 3 ;

(ii) —CH 3 and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, respectively; and

(iii) —CH 2 CH 3 and —CH 3 , respectively.

In certain embodiments, the compound of structural formula (Vb) has the following stereochemical structure (Vb′);

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) or (Vb′),

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; R 10 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), X is N. In certain embodiments of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), R 4 is halo or absent. In certain embodiments, R 4 is Br, Cl, or F, and p is 1 or 2. In certain embodiments of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), R 6 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), R 10 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), X is N, R 4 is halo or absent, and R 6 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), X is N, R 4 is halo or absent, and R 10 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 6 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) and (Vb′), R 6 is t-butyl and R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) and (Vb′), R 6 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl; and R 10 is —CH 3 . In certain embodiments, R 6 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments, R 10 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; R 10 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) and (Vb′), R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl and R 10 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) and (Vb′), R 6 is —CH 3 ; and R 10 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 6 is —CH 3 and R 10 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) and (Vb′), R 6 is ethyl; and R 10 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of structural formula (Vb) or (Vb′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; and R 10 is adamantyl or adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments, the adamantyl is selected from the following:

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (V), (V′), (Va), (Va′), (Vb), and (Vb′), R 6 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, or hexyl; and R 10 is adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), X is N; and R 5 is H.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments of formula (Vb) or (Vb′), p is 0.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (V), (V′), (Va) or (Va′), R 1 is —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 or —OC(O)R 6 ; and R 3 is —C(O)OR 10 . In certain embodiments, R 1 is —C(O)N(R 7 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (V), (V′), (Va) or (Va′), R 1 is —C(O)OR 6 ; and R 3 is —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , or —OC(O)R 10 . In certain embodiments, R 3 is —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 .

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following structural formula (Vc):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

each R 6 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following structural formula (Vd):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo,

C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vc) and (Vd) has the following stereochemical structure (Vc′) and (Vd′), respectively:

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vc) or (Vc′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; R 11 are as defined for formula (V) above; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vc) and (Vc′), each R 11 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vc) and (Vc′), each R 11 is —CH 3 . In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vc) and (Vc′), one of R 11 is R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl- or R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl is optionally substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl or —NH 2 , and R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of formula (Vc) and (Vc′), the two R 11 group together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups is optionally substituted with a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl or —N(C 1 -C 6 alkyl) 2 , wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group. In certain embodiments, the 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl is selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, azepanyl and 1,4-diazepanyl. In certain embodiments, the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, when present as a substituent, is selected from azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, piperidinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, and dihydropyrimidinyl. In certain embodiments, the N-protecting group when present is t-Boc.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vd) or (Vd′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 7 is as defined for formula (V) above; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vd) and (Vd′), each R 7 is a H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vd) and (Vd′), R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vd) and (Vd′), R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl and R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vd), R 7 is R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, wherein C 1 -C 6 alkyl is optionally substituted with C 1 -C 6 alkyl or NH 2 , and each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vd) or (Vd′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 2 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vd) or (Vd′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, R 10 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vc), (Vc′), (Vd), and (Vd′), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vc), (Vc′), (Vd), and (Vd′), X is N; and R 5 is H.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vc), (Vc′), (Vd), and (Vd′), R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments of formula (Vc), (Vc′), (Vd), and (Vd′), p is 0.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the formula:

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl- or (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 2 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Ve) or (Vf) has the following stereochemical structure (Ve′) and (Vf′), respectively:

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf) and (Vf′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; and R 10 , R 12 and R 13 are as defined for the compound of formula (Ve) or (Vf), above.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve) or (Ve′), R 6 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve) or (Ve′), R 6 is t-butyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve) or (Ve′), R 10 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vf) or (Vf), R 13 is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, wherein the C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, HOCH 2 (O)C—, R 12 O(O)C—, wherein R 12 is as defined for formula (V).

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf) or (Vf), R 6 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf) or (Vf) above, the aryl when present is selected from phenyl and naphthyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf) or (Vf) above, the heteroaryl when present is selected from furanyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, 3-thienyl, benzofuryl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolylpurinyl, pyrazinyl, and quinolinyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf) or (Vf′) above, the heterocyclyl when present is selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, azepanyl and 1,4-diazepanyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf), and (Vf′), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf), and (Vf′), X is N; and R 5 is H.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf), and (Vf′), R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments of formula (Ve), (Ve′), (Vf), and (Vf′), p is 0.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following structural formula (Vg):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vg) has the following stereochemical structure (Vg′):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vg) and (Vg′), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vg) and (Vg′), X is N; and R 5 is H.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vg) and (Vg′), R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments of formula (Vg) and (Vg′), p is 0.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following structural formula (Vh):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vh) has the following stereochemical structure (Vh′):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments of the compound of structural formula (Vh) or (Vh′), or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; R 6 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.

In certain embodiments, R 6 is t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vh) and (Vh′), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vh) and (Vh′), X is N; and R 5 is H.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vh) and (Vh′), R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments of formula (Vh) and (Vh′), p is 0.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structural formula (Vi):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

R 8 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 N—;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vi) has the following stereochemical structure (Vi′):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments of the compound, or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of structural formula (Vi) or (Vi′):

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-;

R 8 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 N—;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, by itself or as part of larger moiety are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vi) and (Vi′),

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; p is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 8 is (R 11 ) 2 N—; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, adamantyl, or adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-; and R 12 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vi) and (Vi′),

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo or C 1 -C 8 alkyl; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; p is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 8 is (R 11 ) 2 N—; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; and R 11 is H, and adamantyl or adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vi) and (Vi′),

X is N, O or S; R 4 is independently halo or C 1 -C 8 alkyl; R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O; p is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; R 8 is (R 11 ) 2 N—; R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, wherein optionally one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium; and two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vi) and (Vi′), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vi) and (Vi′), X is N; and R 5 is H.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vi) and (Vi′), R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments of formula (Vi) and (Vi′), p is 0.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structural formula (Vj):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 N—;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 2 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vj) has the following stereochemical structure (Vj′):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vj) and (Vj′), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vj) and (Vj′), X is N; and R 5 is H.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vj) and (Vj′), R 4 is halo. In certain embodiments of formula (Vj) and (Vj′), p is 0.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structural formula (Vk):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vk), R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vk), R 6 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, R 6 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vk), R 6 is C 3 -C 6 alkyl, such as t-butyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vk), one of R 11 is H and the other of R 11 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vk), one of R 11 is H and the other of R 11 is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic- or an N-protecting group.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vk), R 4 is halo or absent. In certain embodiments, R 4 is Br, Cl, or F.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vk) has the following stereochemical structure (Vk′):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the structural formula (Vm):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, or two R 7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 7 groups is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, or (R 11 ) 2 N—, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H in —C 1 -C 2 alkyl is replaced with deuterium;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 (O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 2 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vm), each R 7 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R 7 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, wherein R 7 is an alkyl, R 7 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, or hexyl.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vm), one of R 11 is H and the other of R 11 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 12 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vm), one of R 11 is H and the other of R 11 is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic- or an N-protecting group.

In certain embodiments of the compound of formula (Vm), R 4 is halo or absent. In certain embodiments, R 4 is Br, Cl, or F.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vm) has the following stereochemical structure (Vm′):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound has a structure of formula (Vn):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylhalo or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 ;

R 2 is —C(O)R 9 ;

R 3 is —C(O)OR 10 , —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , —OC(O)R 10 , —C 0 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, —C 0 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl, —N(R 11 ) 2 , —SO 2 R 8 , —SOR 8 , —NO 2 or —Si(R 15 ) 3 ;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 8 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H is replaced with deuterium;

R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, or (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 -C 6 alkyl-;

each R 11 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 11 ) 2 NC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, R 2 O(O)C—C 1 -C 6 alkyl-, R 13 (NH 2 )CH—, R 14 C 0 -C 6 alkyl-, (R 15 ) 3 SiC 0 - C 6 alkyl-, or an N-protecting group; or two R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4 to 7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein the heterocyclyl formed by the two R 11 groups has optionally 0, 1 or 2 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O(O)C—, (R 11 ) 2 N—, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, wherein the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with OH, halo, —NH 2 , or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group;

each R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

each R 13 is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heterocyclylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heterocyclylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, adamantyl, adamantylC 1 -C 6 aliphatic-, or an N protecting group;

R 14 is a bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and

each R 15 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, arylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-, heteroarylC 1 -C 6 alkyl-, and heteroarylC 2 -C 6 alkenyl-;

wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or bridged bicyclic ring, by itself or attached to another moiety, are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound has a structure of formula (Vp):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

X is N, O or S;

R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —C 1 -C 6 alkylhalo or —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 ;

R 3 is —C 0 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or —C 0 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl;

R 4 is independently halo, CN, —NH 2 , —SO 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, —OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-OR 12 , —C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NR 12 or —OC(O)R 12 ;

R 5 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or is absent when X is S or O;

p is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo, —C 2 -C 3 alkenylhalo, or C 2 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 2 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or two halo, one or two —CH 3 , or one or up to all H is replaced with deuterium;

R 12 is independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;

wherein the C 0 -C 6 alkyl or —C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl are independently optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of OH, halo, —NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-O—, R 12 O—C 1 -C 6 alkyl(O)C—, and R 12 O(O)C—.

In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (Vn) and (Vp) have the following stereochemical structure (Vn′):

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In certain embodiments of the compounds of formula (Vn), (Vp) and (Vn′), R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylhalo. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —C 1 -C 2 alkylCl or —C 1 -C 2 alkylF. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CH 2 CH 2 Cl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CD 2 CD 2 Cl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CH 2 Cl or —CH 2 F.

In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CH 2 Cl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is —CD 2 Cl or —CD 2 F. In certain embodiments, R 9 is-CD 2 Cl.

In certain embodiments of the compounds of formula (Va), (Vn), (Vp) and (Vn′), the C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl group of the —C 0 -C 6 alkylC 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, or cyclooctyl. In certain embodiments, the C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.

In certain embodiments of the compounds of formula (Va), (Vn), (Vp) and (Vn′), the heterocyclyl group of the —C 0 -C 6 alkylheterocyclyl is a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from S, N, and O, wherein the heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from OH, halo, —NH 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or when containing 2 or more N atoms is optionally substituted with an N-protecting group. In certain embodiments the heterocyclic ring is selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,3-oxazinanyl, 1,3-thiazinanyl, dihydropyridinyl, 1,3-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, azepanyl and 1,4-diazepanyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl is tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, or morpholinyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compounds of Table 1.

or an enantiomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

3. Methods of Preparation

The compounds of the present disclosure can be synthesized in view of the guidance provided herein, incorporating known chemical reactions and related procedures such as separation and purification. Representative methods and procedures for preparation of the compounds in this disclosure are described below and in the Examples. Acronyms are abbreviations are used per convention which can be found in literature and scientific journals.

It is understood that the starting materials and reaction conditions may be varied, the sequence of the reactions altered, and additional steps employed to produce compounds encompassed by the present disclosure, as demonstrated by the following examples. General references for known chemical reactions useful for synthesizing the disclosed compounds are available (see, e.g., Smith and March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, Fifth Edition, Wiley Interscience, 2001; or Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part B. Reaction and Synthesis; Fifth Edition, Springer, 2007; or Li, J. J. Name Reactions, A Collection of Detailed Mechanisms and Synthetic Applications; Fifth Edition, Springer, 2014).

Starting materials can be obtained from commercial sources or prepared by know reactions and literature methods such as scientific journals, which are known to those skilled in the art.

In certain embodiments, synthesis of the compounds can use the following schemes. For example, compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared according to the general syntheses outlined below in Scheme 1, where suitable reagents can be purchased form commercial sources or synthesized via known methods or methods adapted from the examples provided herein. In Scheme 1, each of ring A, X, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , p, and q are independently as defined herein, and LG is a leaving group (e.g., halo).

In Scheme 1, compound 1-A3 can be provided by cyclizing an amine 1-A1 with aldehyde 1-A2. Compounds of formula (I) can then be provided by coupling 1-A3 with 1-A4 under reaction conditions suitable to provide compounds of formula (I). Further exemplary syntheses are shown in the schemes below.

For synthesis of compounds described herein having esters at R 1 and R 3 , an exemplary synthesis is shown in Scheme 1A.

In certain embodiments, R 6 and R 10 are alkyl groups. Use of different alcohols HO—R 10 in the reaction with 1-B2 can yield different alkyl 4-formylbenzoate compound (1-B1) for the cyclization reaction with compound 1-A to yield compound 1-4. Reaction with 2-chloroacetyl chloride results in compound I-E, where esters are present at both R 1 and R 3 .

In certain embodiments, synthesis of compounds with other esters at R 3 can use the synthesis shown in Scheme 1B starting from compound I-E*:

In certain embodiments, the compound 1-5 can also be used for synthesis of amides at R 3 as shown in Scheme 1C.

Use of different alkylamino groups can be used to introduce different alkyl substituted amides, for example NH(CH 3 ) 2 , or NH 2 -t-butyl as shown in Scheme 1D

Synthesis of reverse esters at the R 3 position can use the synthetic route of Scheme 1, but replacing the alkyl 4-formylbenzoate with a substituted starting material, e.g., 4-formylphenyl acetate) as shown in Scheme 1E:

The substituted 4-formylphenyl acetate compound, for example 4-formyl t-butylacetate, can be prepared as below, and the resulting product 1-B3 coupled to compound 1-A having a methyl ester as shown in Scheme 1F:

For synthesis of compounds in which ring A is phenyl substituted with a sulfonyl group, for example a sulfonamide, the synthetic route of Scheme 1G can be used.

In Scheme 1G, the ethyl 4-(chlorosulfonyl)benzoate is reacted with an amine NH(R 11 ) 2 to form compound 1-SA1, N-substituted 4-formyl benzenesulfonamide. Compound 1-SA1 is coupled to compound 1-A and then reacted with 2 chloroacetyl acetate as shown in Scheme 1A above to form compound IV-S. A similar method can be used to provide compounds where R 3 is —SO 2 -alkyl, and the like.

For synthesis of compounds in which R 1 is cycloalkyl, for example a cyclohexyl, a synthetic route according to Scheme 1H can be used:

In Scheme 1H, compound 5-1 is reduced, cyclized and oxidized to provide compound 5-4. Compound 5-4 is reacted with ethynyltrimethylsilane to provide the alkyne 5-5. Cyclization with an optionally substituted 2-iodoaniline provides compound 5-6, which can then be deprotected and coupled with an optionally substituted benzaldehyde provides compound 5-9, which upon reaction with a desired acid, yields compound 5-10.

For the synthesis of compounds having various R 4 substituents, a synthetic route as in Scheme 1I can be used.

In Scheme 1I, compound 6-1 can be functionalized via the corresponding ester 6-2, to provide compound 6-3, which can then be converted to a protected indole 6-4. Deprotection provides compound 6-6, which can then be coupled with an optionally substituted benzaldehyde to provide compound 6-7.

Reduction of the ester yields compound 6-8, which can then be coupled with an acid moiety (e.g., an amino acid, such as valine) to give compound 6-9. Reaction of compound 6-9 with a suitable acid provides compound 6-10, which can be optionally reacted with an acid to provide the corresponding salt, as in compound 6-11.

Other compounds of the disclosure can be synthesized using the synthetic routes above and adapting chemical synthetic procedures available to the skilled artisan. Exemplary methods of synthesis are provided in the Examples. It is to be understood that each of the Procedures describing synthesis of exemplary compounds are part of the specification, and thus incorporated herein into the Detailed Description of this disclosure.

4. Methods of Use

In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein are used in a method of treating cancer. In certain embodiments, the method of treating cancer comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount any of the compounds described herein.

In certain embodiments, the compounds can be used as monotherapy, or as further provided below, in a combination therapy with one or more therapeutic treatments, particularly in combination with one or more chemotherapeutic agents. In certain embodiments, the compounds are used in combination with a second therapeutic agent, where the compounds are used at levels that sensitizes the cancer or cancer cell to the second therapeutic agent, for example at levels of the compound that do not cause significant cell death. In certain embodiments, the compounds can be used in combination with radiation therapy, either to sensitize the cells to radiation therapy or as an adjunct to radiation therapy (e.g., at doses sufficient to activate cell death pathway).

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating a cancer in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein.

In certain embodiments, provided is a method for treating a malignant solid tumor in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition provided herein to the patient. In certain embodiments, the malignant solid tumor is a carcinoma. In certain embodiments, the malignant solid tumor is a lymphoma. In certain embodiments, the malignant solid tumor is a sarcoma.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compound can be selected from, among others, adrenocortical cancer, anal cancer, biliary cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer (e.g., osteosarcoma), brain cancer (e.g., gliomas, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, etc.), breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, hematologic cancer (e.g., leukemia and lymphoma), intestinal cancer (small intestine), liver cancer, lung cancer (e.g., bronchial cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, etc.), oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, renal cancer, prostate cancer, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer (e.g., basal cell carcinoma, melanoma), stomach cancer, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thyroid cancer, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, sarcoma, and soft tissue carcinomas. In certain embodiments, the cancer is renal cell carcinoma (RCC). In certain embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is lung cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is prostate cancer.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compound is pancreatic cancer. In certain embodiments, the pancreatic cancer for treatment with the compounds is pancreatic adenocarcinoma or metastatic pancreatic cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is stage 1, stage II, stage III, or stage IV pancreatic adenocarcinoma.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is lung cancer. In certain embodiments, the lung cancer for treatment with the compounds is small cell lung cancer or non-small cell lung cancer. In certain embodiments, the non-small cell lung cancer for treatment with the compounds is an adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, or large cell carcinoma. In certain embodiments, the lung cancer for treatment with the compounds is metastatic lung cancer.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is a hematologic cancer. In certain embodiments, the hematologic cancer is selected from acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), lymphoma (e.g., Hodgkin's lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Hairy Cell chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), and multiple myeloma.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is a leukemia selected from acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), Hairy Cell chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), and multiple myeloma.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compound is a lymphoma selected from Hodgkin's lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, and Burkitt's lymphoma.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compound is a cancer characterized by mesenchymal features or mesenchymal phenotype. In some cancers, gain of mesenchymal features is associated with migratory (e.g., intravasation) and invasiveness of cancers. Mesenchymal features can include, among others, enhanced migratory capacity, invasiveness, elevated resistance to apoptosis, and increased production of extracellular matrix (ECM) components. In addition to these physiological characteristics, the mesenchymal features can include expression of certain biomarkers, including among others, E-cadherin, N-cadherin, integrins, FSP-1, α-SMA, vimentin, β-catenin, collagen I, collagen II, collagen III, collagen IV, fibronectin, laminin 5, SNAIL-1, SNAIL-2, Twist-1, Twist-2, and Lef-1. In certain embodiments, the cancer selected for treatment with the compounds herein include, among others, breast cancer, lung cancer, head and neck cancer, prostate cancer, and colon cancer. In certain embodiments, the mesenchymal features can be inherent to the cancer type or induced by or selected for by treatment of cancers with chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compound is identified as having or determined to have an activating or oncogenic RAS activity. In certain embodiments, the RAS is K-RAS, H-RAS or N-RAS. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic RAS is an activating or oncogenic RAS mutation.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is identified as having or determined to have an activating or oncogenic K-RAS mutation. In certain embodiments, the cancer selected for treatment is identified as having or determined to have an activating or oncogenic mutation in human K-RAS at one or more of codon 5, codon 9, codon 12, codon 13, codon 14, codon 18, codon 19, codon 22, codon 23, codon 24, codon 26, codon 33, codon 36, codon 57, codon 59, codon 61, codon 62, codon 63, codon 64, codon 68, codon 74, codon 84, codon 92, codon 35, codon 97, codon 110, codon 115, codon 117, codon 118, codon 119, codon 135, codon 138, codon 140, codon 146, codon 147, codon 153, codon 156, codon 160, codon 164, codon 171, codon 176, codon 185, and codon 188.

In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic K-RAS mutation can be a mutation in which codon 5 is K5E; codon 9 is V91; codon 12 is G12A, G12C, G12D, G12F, G12R, G12S, G12V, or G12Y; codon 13 is G13C, G13D, or G13V; codon 14 is V14I or V14L; codon 18 is A18D; codon 19 is L19F; codon 22 is Q22K; codon 23 is L23R; codon 24 is I24N; codon 26 is N26K; codon 33 is D33E; codon 36 is I36L or I36M; codon 57 is D57N; codon 59 is A59E, A59G, or A59T; codon 61 is Q61H, Q61K, Q61L, or Q61R; codon 62 is E62G or E62K; codon 63 is E63K; codon 64 is Y64D, Y64H, or Y64N; codon 68 is R68S; codon 74 is T74P; codon 84 is I84T; codon 92 is D92Y; codon 97 is R97I; codon 110 is P110H or P110S; codon 115 is G115E; codon 117 is K117N; codon 118 is C118S; codon 119 is D119N; codon 135 is R135T; codon 138 is G138V; codon 140 is P140H; codon 146 is A146T or A146V; codon 147 is K147N; codon 153 is D153N; codon 156 is F156L; codon 160 is V160A; codon 164 is R164Q; codon 171 is I117M; codon 176 is K176Q; codon 185 is C185R or C185S; and codon 188 is M188V.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compound is identified as having or determined to have an oncogenic or activating K-RAS mutations at codon 12, codon 13 and/or codon 61.

In certain embodiments, the oncogenic or activating K-RAS mutation at codon 12 is G12A, G12C, G12D, G12F, G12R, G12S, G12V, or G12Y; at codon 13 is G13C, G13D, or G13V; and at codon 61 is Q61H, Q61K, Q61L, or Q61R. In certain embodiments, the oncogenic or activating K-RAS mutation is a combination of oncogenic or activating K-RAS mutations at codon 12 and codon 13; codon 12 and codon 61; codon 13 and 61; or codon 12, codon 13 and codon 61.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is identified as having or determined to have an activating or oncogenic N-RAS mutation. In certain embodiments, the cancer is identified as having or determined to have an activating or oncogenic mutation in human N-RAS at one or more of codon 12, codon 13 and codon 61. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic N-RAS mutation at codon 12 is G12A, G12C, G12D, G12R, G12S, or G12V. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic N-RAS mutation at codon 13 is G13A, G13C, G13D, G13R, G13S, or G13V. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic N-RAS mutation at codon 61 is Q61E, Q61H, Q61K, Q61L, Q61P, or Q61R. In certain embodiments, the oncogenic or activating N-RAS mutation is a combination of activating or oncogenic N-RAS mutations at codon 12 and codon 13; codon 12 and codon 61; codon 13 and 61; or codon 12, codon 13 and codon 61.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is identified as having or determined to have an activating or oncogenic H-RAS mutation. In certain embodiments, the cancer selected for treatment is identified as having an activating or oncogenic mutation in human H-RAS at one or more of codon 12, codon 13 and codon 61. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic H-RAS mutation at codon 12 is G12A, G12C, G12D, G12R, G12S, or G12V. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic H-RAS mutation at codon 13 is G13A, G13C, G13D, G13R, G13S, or G13V. In certain embodiments, the activating or oncogenic H-RAS mutation at codon 61 is Q61E, Q61H, Q61K, Q61L, Q61P, or Q61R. In certain embodiments, the oncogenic or activating H-RAS mutation is a combination of activating or oncogenic H-RAS mutations at codon 12 and codon 13; codon 12 and codon 61; codon 13 and 61; or codon 12, codon 13 and codon 61.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds can be a cancer having prevalence (e.g., at least about 10% or more, or about 15% or more of the cancers), of an activating or oncogenic RAS mutation, such as biliary tract cancer, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, head and neck cancer, stomach (gastric) cancer, hematologic cancer (e.g., leukemia, lymphomas, etc.), ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer, small intestinal cancer, thyroid cancer, aerodigestive tract, urinary tract cancer, and bladder cancer.

In certain embodiments, the compounds can be used to treat a cancer that is refractory to one or more other chemotherapeutic agents, particularly cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents; or treat a cancer resistant to radiation treatment. In certain embodiments, the compounds are used to treat cancers that have developed tolerance to chemotherapeutic agents activating other cell death pathways, such as apoptosis, mitotic catastrophe, necrosis, senescence and/or autophagy.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is identified as being refractory or resistant to chemotherapy. In certain embodiments, the cancer is refractory or resistant to one or more of alkylating agents, anti-cancer antibiotic agents, antimetabolic agents (e.g., folate antagonists, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, etc.), topoisomerase inhibiting agents, anti-microtubule agents (e.g., taxanes, vinca alkaloids), hormonal agents (e.g., aromatase inhibitors), plant-derived agents and their synthetic derivatives, anti-angiogenic agents, differentiation inducing agents, cell growth arrest inducing agents, apoptosis inducing agents, cytotoxic agents, agents affecting cell bioenergetics i.e., affecting cellular ATP levels and molecules/activities regulating these levels, biologic agents, e.g., monoclonal antibodies, kinase inhibitors and inhibitors of growth factors and their receptors.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is a cancer identified as being refractory or resistant to one or more of afatinib, afuresertib, alectinib, alisertib, alvocidib, amsacrine, amonafide, amuvatinib, axitinib, azacitidine, azathioprine, bafetinib, barasertib, bendamustine, bleomycin, bosutinib, bortezomib, busulfan, cabozantinib, camptothecin, canertinib, capecitabine, cabazitaxel, carboplatin, carmustine, cenisertib, ceritinib, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine, clofarabine, crenolanib, crizotinib, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dabrafenib, dacarbazine, dacomitinib, dactinomycin, danusertib, dasatinib, daunorubicin, decitabine, dinaciclib, docetaxel, dovitinib, doxorubicin, epirubicin, epitinib, eribulin mesylate, errlotinib, etirinotecan, etoposide, everolimus, exemestane, floxuridine, fludarabine, fluorouracil, gefitinib, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, ibrutinib, icotinib, idarubicin, ifosfamide, imatinib, imetelstat, ipatasertib, irinotecan, ixabepilone, lapatinib, lenalidomide, lestaurtinib, lomustine, lucitanib, masitinib, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, midostaurin, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, mubritinib, nelarabine, neratinib, nilotinib, nintedanib, omacetaxine mepesuccinate, orantinib, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, palbociclib, palifosfamide tris, pazopanib, pelitinib, pemetrexed, pentostatin, plicamycin, ponatinib, poziotinib, pralatrexate, procarbazine, quizartinib, raltitrexed, regorafenib, ruxolitinib, seliciclib, sorafenib, streptozocin, sulfatinib, sunitinib, tamoxifen, tandutinib, temozolomide, temsirolimus, teniposide, theliatinib, thioguanine, thiotepa, topotecan, uramustine, valrubicin, vandetanib, vemurafenib (Zelborae), vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, and vindesine.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compound is identified as being refractory or resistant to one or more chemotherapeutics agents selected from cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, melphalan, mechlorethamine, ifosfamide, busulfan, lomustine, streptozocin, temozolomide, dacarbazine, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, procarbazine, uramustine, methotrexate, pemetrexed, fludarabine, cytarabine, fluorouracil, floxuridine, gemcitabine, capecitabine, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, etoposide, paclitaxel, docetaxel, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, bleomycin, mitomycin, hydroxyurea, topotecan, irinotecan, amsacrine, teniposide, and erlotinib.

In certain embodiments, the cancer for treatment with the compounds is a cancer resistant to ionizing radiation therapy. The radioresistance of the cancer can be inherent or as a result of radiation therapy. In certain embodiments, the cancers for treatment with the compounds is, among others, a radioresistant adrenocortical cancer, anal cancer, biliary cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer (e.g., osteosarcoma), brain cancer (e.g., gliomas, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, etc.), breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, hematologic cancer (e.g., leukemia and lymphoma), intestinal cancer (small intestine), liver cancer, lung cancer (e.g., bronchial cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, etc.), oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, renal cancer, prostate cancer, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer (e.g., basal cell carcinoma, melanoma), stomach cancer, testicular cancer, throat cancer, thyroid cancer, uterine cancer, or vaginal cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, glioblastoma, advanced non-small-cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, sarcoma, or soft tissue carcinoma.

5. Combination Treatments

In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein are used in combination with one or more of other (e.g., second therapeutic agent) therapeutic treatments for cancer.

In certain embodiments, a subject with cancer is treated with a combination of a compound described herein and radiation therapy. In certain embodiments, the method comprises administering to a subject with cancer a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, and adjunctively treating the subject with an effective amount of radiation therapy. In certain embodiments, the compound is administered to the subject in need thereof prior to, concurrently with, or subsequent to the treatment with radiation.

In certain embodiments, the method comprises administering an effective amount of a compound described herein to a subject with cancer to sensitize the cancer to radiation treatment, and administering a therapeutically effective amount of radiation therapy to treat the cancer. In certain embodiments, an effective amount of X-ray and gamma ray is administered to the subject. In certain embodiments, an effective amount of particle radiation is administered to the subject, where the particle radiation is selected from electron beam, proton beam, and neutron beam radiation. In certain embodiments, the radiation therapy is fractionated.

In certain embodiments, a subject with cancer is administered a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, or a first pharmaceutical composition thereof, and adjunctively administered a therapeutically effective amount of a second chemotherapeutic agent, or a second pharmaceutical composition thereof.

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is selected from an platinating agent, alkylating agent, anti-cancer antibiotic agent, antimetabolic agent (e.g., folate antagonists, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, etc.), topoisomerase I inhibiting agent, topoisomerase II inhibiting agent antimicrotubule agent (e.g., taxanes, vinca alkaloids), hormonal agent (e.g., aromatase inhibitors), plant-derived agent and synthetic derivatives thereof, anti-angiogenic agent, differentiation inducing agent, cell growth arrest inducing agent, apoptosis inducing agent, cytotoxic agent, agent affecting cell bioenergetics, i.e., affecting cellular ATP levels and molecules/activities regulating these levels, anti-cancer biologic agent (e.g., monoclonal antibodies), kinase inhibitors and inhibitors of growth factors and their receptors.

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is an angiogenesis inhibitor, such as but not limited to, an inhibitor of soluble VEGFR-1, NRP-1, angiopoietin 2, TSP-1, TSP-2, angiostatin and related molecules, endostatin, vasostatin, calreticulin, platelet factor-4, TIMP, CDAI, Meth-1, Meth-2, IFN-α, IFN-β, IFN-γ, CXCL10, IL-4, IL-12, IL-18, prothrombin (kringle domain-2), antithrombin III fragment, prolactin, VEGI, SPARC, osteopontin, maspin, canstatin (a fragment of COL4A2), or proliferin-related protein. In certain embodiments, the angiogenesis inhibitor is bevacizumab (Avastin), itraconazole, carboxyamidotriazole, TNP-470 (an analog of fumagillin), CM101, IFN-c, IL-12, platelet factor-4, suramin, SU5416, thrombospondin, a VEGFR antagonist, an angiostatic steroid plus heparin, cartilage-derived angiogenesis inhibitory factor (CDAI), a matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor, angiostatin, endostatin, 2-methoxyestradiol, tecogalan, tetrathiomolybdate, thalidomide, thrombospondin, prolactin, a cVB3 inhibitor, linomide, ramucirumab, tasquinimod, ranibizumab, sorafenib (Nexavar), sunitinib (Sutent), pazopanib (Votrient), or everolimus (Afinitor).

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is a cyclin-dependent kinase (CDK) inhibitor (e.g., a CDK4/CDK6 inhibitor). Examples include, but are not limited to, palbociclib (Ibrance), Ribociclib (optionally further in combination with letrozole), abemaciclib (LY2835219; Verzenio), P1446A-05, and Trilaciclib (G1T28).

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is a Bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK) inhibitor, such as but not limited to, Ibrutinib (PCI-32765), acalabrutinib, ONO-4059 (GS-4059), spebrutinib (AVL-292, CC-292), BGB-3111, and HM71224.

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is a BRAF inhibitor. Examples include, but are not limited to, BAY43-9006 (Sorafenib, Nexavar), PLX-4032 (Vemurafenib), GDC-0879, PLX-4720, dabrafenib and LGX818.

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is a EGFR inhibitor. Examples include, but are not limited to, gefitinib, erlotinib, afatinib, brigatinib, icotinib, cetuximab, osimertinib, panitumumab, brigatinib, lapatinib, cimaVax-EGF, and veristrat.

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is a human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2) inhibitor. Examples include, but are not limited to, trastuzumab, pertuzumab (optionally further in combination with trastuzumab), margetuximab, and NeuVax In certain embodiments, disclosed herein is a method of increasing a subject's responsiveness to an immunotherapeutic or immunogenic chemotherapeutic agent, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound described herein and an effective amount of an immunotherapeutic agent and/or an immunogenic chemotherapeutic agent. In certain embodiments, the method further includes administering to the subject a lipoxygenase inhibitor. In certain embodiments, the subject has a tumor whose cellular microenvironment is stromal cell rich. In certain embodiments, the administration of compound described herein results in killing one or more stromal cells in the tumor cells' microenvironment. In certain embodiments, the administration of an effective amount of an immunotherapeutic agent and/or an immunogenic chemotherapeutic agent results in killing one or more tumor cells. Also provided herein is a combination comprising a compound described herein and an immunotherapeutic agent, lipoxygenase inhibitor, or immunogenic chemotherapeutic agent. In certain embodiments, the immunotherapeutic agent is selected from a CTLA4, PDL1 or PD1 inhibitor. In certain embodiments, the immunotherapeutic agent can be selected from CTLA4 inhibitor such as ipilimumab, a PD1 inhibitor such as pembrolizumab or nivolumab or a PDL1 inhibitor such as atezolizumab or durvalumab. In certain embodiments, the immunotherapeutic agent is pembrolizumab. In other embodiments, the immunogenic chemotherapeutic agent is a compound selected from anthracycline, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, paclitaxel, docetaxel, cisplatin, oxaliplatin or carboplatin. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a combination comprising a compound described herein and a lipoxygenase inhibitor. In certain embodiments, the lipoxygenase inhibitor is selected from PD147176 and/or ML351. In certain embodiments, the lipoxygenase inhibitor may be a 15-lipoxygenase inhibitor (see, e.g., Sadeghian et al., Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Patents, 2015, 26:1, 65-88).

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is selected from an alkylating agent, including, but not limiting to, adozelesin, altretamine, bendamustine, bizelesin, busulfan, carboplatin, carboquone, carmofur, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, estramustine, etoglucid, fotemustine, hepsulfam, ifosfamide, improsulfan, irofulven, lomustine, mannosulfan, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mitobronitol, nedaplatin, nimustine, oxaliplatin, piposulfan, prednimustine, procarbazine, ranimustine, satraplatin, semustine, streptozocin, temozolomide, thiotepa, treosulfan, triaziquone, triethylenemelamine, triplatin tetranitrate, trofosphamide, and uramustine; an antibiotic, including, but not limiting to, aclarubicin, amrubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, elsamitrucin, epirubicin, idarubicin, menogaril, mitomycin, neocarzinostatin, pentostatin, pirarubicin, plicamycin, valrubicin, and zorubicin; an antimetabolite, including, but not limiting to, aminopterin, azacitidine, azathioprine, capecitabine, cladribine, clofarabine, cytarabine, decitabine, floxuridine, fludarabine, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, nelarabine, pemetrexed, raltitrexed, tegafur-uracil, thioguanine, trimethoprim, trimetrexate, and vidarabine; an immunotherapy, an antibody therapy, including, but not limiting to, alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, cetuximab, galiximab, gemtuzumab, panitumumab, pertuzumab, rituximab, brentuximab, tositumomab, trastuzumab, 90 Y ibritumomab tiuxetan, ipilimumab, tremelimumab and anti-CTLA-4 antibodies; a hormone or hormone antagonist, including, but not limiting to, anastrozole, androgens, buserelin, diethylstilbestrol, exemestane, flutamide, fulvestrant, goserelin, idoxifene, letrozole, leuprolide, magestrol, raloxifene, tamoxifen, and toremifene; a taxane, including, but not limiting to, DJ-927, docetaxel, TPI 287, larotaxel, ortataxel, paclitaxel, DHA-paclitaxel, and tesetaxel; a retinoid, including, but not limiting to, alitretinoin, bexarotene, fenretinide, isotretinoin, and tretinoin; an alkaloid, including, but not limiting to, demecolcine, homoharringtonine, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, vinflunine, and vinorelbine; an antiangiogenic agent, including, but not limiting to, AE-941 (GW786034, Neovastat), ABT-510, 2-methoxyestradiol, lenalidomide, and thalidomide; a topoisomerase inhibitor, including, but not limiting to, amsacrine, belotecan, edotecarin, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, exatecan, irinotecan (also active metabolite SN-38 (7-ethyl-10-hydroxy-camptothecin)), lucanthone, mitoxantrone, pixantrone, rubitecan, teniposide, topotecan, and 9-aminocamptothecin; a kinase inhibitor, including, but not liming to, axitinib (AG 013736), dasatinib (BMS 354825), erlotinib, gefitinib, flavopiridol, imatinib mesylate, lapatinib, motesanib diphosphate (AMG 706), nilotinib (AMN107), seliciclib, sorafenib, sunitinib malate, AEE-788, BMS-599626, UCN-01 (7-hydroxystaurosporine), vemurafenib, dabrafenib, selumetinib, paradox breakers (such as PLX8394 or PLX7904), LGX818, BGB-283, pexidartinib (PLX3397) and vatalanib; a targeted signal transduction inhibitor including, but not limiting to bortezomib, geldanamycin, and rapamycin; a biological response modifier, including, but not limiting to, imiquimod, interferon-α, and interleukin-2; and other chemotherapeutics, including, but not limiting to 3-AP (3-amino-2-carboxyaldehyde thiosemicarbazone), altrasentan, aminoglutethimide, anagrelide, asparaginase, bryostatin-1, cilengitide, elesclomol, eribulin mesylate (E7389), ixabepilone, lonidamine, masoprocol, mitoguanazone, oblimersen, sulindac, testolactone, tiazofurin, mTOR inhibitors (e.g. sirolimus, temsirolimus, everolimus, deforolimus, INK28, AZD8055, PI3K inhibitors (e.g. BEZ235, GDC-0941, XL147, XL765, BMK120), cyclin dependent kinase (CDK) inhibitors (e.g., a CDK4 inhibitor or a CDK6 inhibitor, such as Palbociclib (PD-0332991), Ribocyclib (LEE011), Abemaciclib (LY2835219), P1446A-05, Abemaciclib (LY2835219), Trilaciclib (G1T28), etc.), AKT inhibitors, Hsp90 inhibitors (e.g. geldanamycin, radicicol, tanespimycin), farnesyltransferase inhibitors (e.g. tipifarnib), Aromatase inhibitors (anastrozole letrozole exemestane); an MEK inhibitor including, but are not limited to, AS703026, AZD6244 (Selumetinib), AZD8330, BIX 02188, CI-1040 (PD184352), GSK1120212 (also known as trametinib or JTP-74057), cobimetinib, PD0325901, PD318088, PD98059, RDEA119(BAY 869766), TAK-733 and U0126-EtOH; tyrosine kinase inhibitors, including, but are not limited to, AEE788, AG-1478 (Tyrphostin AG-1478), AG-490, Apatinib (YN968D1), AV-412, AV-951(Tivozanib), Axitinib, AZD8931, BIBF1120 (Vargatef), BIBW2992 (Afatinib), BMS794833, BMS-599626, Brivanib (BMS-540215), Brivanib alaninate (BMS-582664), Cediranib (AZD2171), Chrysophanic acid (Chrysophanol), Crenolanib (CP-868569), CUDC-101, CYC116, Dovitinib Dilactic acid (TK1258 Dilactic acid), E7080, Erlotinib Hydrochloride (Tarceva, CP-358774, OSI-774, NSC-718781), Foretinib (GSK1363089, XL880), Gefitinib (ZD-1839 or Iressa), Imatinib (Gleevec), Imatinib Mesylate, Ki8751, KRN 633, Lapatinib (Tykerb), Linifanib (ABT-869), Masitinib (Masivet, AB1010), MGCD-265, Motesanib (AMG-706), MP-470, Mubritinib (TAK 165), Neratinib (HKI-272), NVP-BHG712, OSI-420 (Desmethyl Erlotinib, CP-473420), OSI-930, Pazopanib HCl, PD-153035 HCl, PD173074, Pelitinib (EKB-569), PF299804, Ponatinib (AP24534), PP121, RAF265 (CHIR-265), Raf265 derivative, Regorafenib (BAY 73-4506), Sorafenib Tosylate (Nexavar), Sunitinib Malate (Sutent), Telatinib (BAY 57-9352), TSU-68 (SU6668), Vandetanib (Zactima), Vatalanib dihydrochloride (PTK787), WZ3146, WZ4002, WZ8040, quizartinib, Cabozantinib, XL647, EGFR siRNA, FLT4 siRNA, KDR siRNA, Antidiabetic agents such as metformin, PPAR agonists (rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, bezafibrate, ciprofibrate, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, fenofibrate, indeglitazar), DPP4 inhibitors (sitagliptin, vildagliptin, saxagliptin, dutogliptin, gemigliptin, alogliptin) or an EGFR inhibitor, including, but not limited to, AEE-788, AP-26113, BIBW-2992 (Tovok), CI-1033, GW-572016, Iressa, LY2874455, RO-5323441, Tarceva (Erlotinib, OSI-774), CUDC-101 and WZ4002.

In certain embodiments, the second chemotherapeutic agent is selected from afatinib, afuresertib, alectinib, alisertib, alvocidib, amsacrine, amonafide, amuvatinib, axitinib, azacitidine, azathioprine, bafetinib, barasertib, bendamustine, bleomycin, bosutinib, bortezomib, busulfan, cabozantinib, camptothecin, canertinib, capecitabine, cabazitaxel, carboplatin, carmustine, cenisertib, ceritinib, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine, clofarabine, crenolanib, crizotinib, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dabrafenib, dacarbazine, dacomitinib, dactinomycin, danusertib, dasatinib, daunorubicin, decitabine, dinaciclib, docetaxel, dovitinib, doxorubicin, epirubicin, epitinib, eribulin mesylate, errlotinib, etirinotecan, etoposide, everolimus, exemestane, floxuridine, fludarabine, fluorouracil, gefitinib, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, ibrutinib, icotinib, idarubicin, idelalisib, ifosfamide, imatinib, imetelstat, ipatasertib, irinotecan, ixabepilone, lapatinib, lenalidomide, lestaurtinib, lomustine, lucitanib, masitinib, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, midostaurin, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, mubritinib, nelarabine, neratinib, nilotinib, nintedanib, omacetaxine mepesuccinate, olaparib, orantinib, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, palbociclib, palifosfamide tris, pazopanib, pelitinib, pemetrexed, pentostatin, plicamycin, ponatinib, poziotinib, pralatrexate, procarbazine, quizartinib, raltitrexed, regorafenib, ruxolitinib, seliciclib, sorafenib, streptozocin, sulfatinib, sunitinib, tamoxifen, tandutinib, temozolomide, temsirolimus, teniposide, theliatinib, thioguanine, thiotepa, topotecan, uramustine, valrubicin, vandetanib, vemurafenib (Zelboraf), vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine, and the like. In certain embodiments, the compounds herein are administered prior to, concurrently with, or subsequent to the treatment with the chemotherapeutic agent.

In certain embodiments, the method of treating a cancer comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein and a therapeutically effective amount a biologic agent used to treat cancer. In certain embodiments, the biologic agent is selected from anti-BAFF (e.g., belimumab); anti-CCR4 (e.g., mogamulizumab); anti-CD19/CD3 (e.g., blinatumomab); anti-CD20 (e.g., obinutuzumab, rituximab, ibritumomab tiuxetan, ofatumumab, tositumomab); anti-CD22 (e.g., moxetumomab pasudotox); anti-CD30 (e.g., brentuximab vedotin); anti-CD33 (e.g., gemtuzumab); anti-CD37 (e.g., otlertuzumab); anti-CD38 (e.g., daratumumab); anti-CD52 (e.g., alemtuzumab); anti-CD56 (e.g., lorvotuzumab mertansine); anti-CD74 (e.g., milatuzumab); anti-CD105; anti-CD248 (TEM1) (e.g., ontuxizumab); anti-CTLA4 (e.g., tremelimumab, ipilimumab); anti-EGFL7 (e.g., parsatuzumab); anti-EGFR (HER1/ERBB1) (e.g., panitumumab, nimotuzumab, necitumumab, cetuximab, imgatuzumab, futuximab); anti-FZD7 (e.g., vantictumab); anti-HER2 (ERBB2/neu) (e.g., margetuximab, pertuzumab, ado-trastuzumab emtansine, trastuzumab); anti-HER3 (ERBB3); anti-HGF (e.g., rilotumumab, ficlatuzumab); anti-IGF-1R (e.g., ganitumab, figitumumab, cixutumumab, dalotuzumab); anti-IGF-2R; anti-KIR (e.g., lirilumab, onartuzumab); anti-MMP9; anti-PD-1 (e.g., nivolumab, pidilizumab, lambrolizumab); anti-PD-L1 (e.g. Atezolizumab); anti-PDGFRa (e.g., ramucirumab, tovetumab); anti-PD-L2; anti-PIGF (e.g., ziv-aflibercept); anti-RANKL (e.g., denosumab); anti-TNFRSF 9 (CD 137/4-1 BB) (e.g., urelumab); anti-TRAIL-RI/DR4,R2/D5 (e.g., dulanermin); anti-TRAIL-R1/D4 (e.g., mapatumumab); anti-TRAIL-R2/D5 (e.g., conatumumab, lexatumumab, apomab); anti-VEGFA (e.g., bevacizumab, ziv-aflibercept); anti-VEGFB (e.g., ziv-aflibercept); and anti-VEGFR2 (e.g., ramucirumab).

For the methods herein, mutations in K-RAS, N-RAS, and H-RAS can be identified using various techniques available to the skilled artisan. In various embodiments, the presence or absence of a mutation can be determined by known DNA or RNA detection methods, for example, DNA sequencing, oligonucleotide hybridization, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification with primers specific to the mutation, or protein detection methods, for example, immunoassays or biochemical assays to identify a mutated protein, such as mutated K-RAS, N-RAS and H-RAS. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid or RNA in a sample can be detected by any suitable methods or techniques of detecting gene sequences. Such methods include, but are not limited to, PCR, reverse transcriptase-PCR (RT-PCR), in situ PCR, in situ hybridization, Southern blot, Northern blot, sequence analysis, microarray analysis, or other DNA/RNA hybridization platforms (see, e.g., Taso et al., 2010, Lung Cancer 68(1):51-7). In certain embodiments, detection of mutations can use samples obtained non-invasively, such as cell free nucleic acid (e.g., cfDNA) from blood.

In certain embodiments, mutations can be detected using various Next-Gen sequencing (NGS) techniques, particularly high-throughput NGS techniques. Exemplary NGS techniques include, among others, Polony sequencing (see, e.g., Shendure et al., 2005, Science 309(5741):1728-32), lonTorrent sequencing (see, e.g., Rusk, N., 2011, Nat Meth 8(1):44-44), pyrosequencing (see, e.g., Marguiles et al., 2005, Nature 437(7057):376-380), reversible dye sequencing with colony sequencing (Bentley et al., 2008, Nature 456(7218):53-59; Illumina, CA, USA), sequencing by ligation (e.g., SOLid systems of Applied Biosystems; Valouev et al., 2008, Genome Res. 18(7):1051-1063), high throughput rolling circle “nanoball” sequencing (see, e.g., Drmanac et al., 2010, Science 327 (5961):78-81; Porreca, G. J., 2010, Nature Biotech. 28 (1):43-44), and zero-mode wave guide based sequencing (see, e.g., Chin et al., 2013, Nat Methods 10(6):563-569); all publications incorporated herein by reference. In certain embodiments, massively parallel sequencing of target genes, such as genes encoding K-RAS, N-RAS, H-RAS.

In certain embodiments, detection of point mutations in target nucleic acids can be accomplished by molecular cloning of the target nucleic acid molecules and sequencing the nucleic acid molecules using available techniques. Alternatively, amplification techniques such as PCR can be used to amplify target nucleic acid sequences directly from a genomic DNA preparation from a tumor tissue, cell sample, or cell free sample (e.g., cell free plasma from blood). The nucleic acid sequence of the amplified molecules can then be determined to identify mutations. Design and selection of appropriate primers are within the abilities of one of ordinary skill in the art. Other methods of detecting mutations that can be used include, among others, ligase chain reaction, allele-specific PCR restriction fragment length polymorphism, single stranded conformation polymorphism analysis, mismatch detection proteins (e.g., GRIN2A or TRRAP), RNase protection (e.g., Winter et al., 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:7575-7579), enzymatic or chemical cleavage (Cotton et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Shenk et al., 1975, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 72:989).

In certain embodiments, mutations in nucleic acid molecules can also be detected by screening for alterations of the corresponding protein. For example, monoclonal antibodies immunoreactive with a target gene product can be used to screen a tissue, for example an antibody that is known to bind to a particular mutated position of the gene product (protein). For example, a suitable antibody may be one that binds to a deleted exon or that binds to a conformational epitope comprising a deleted portion of the target protein. Lack of cognate antigen would indicate a mutation. Such immunological assays can be accomplished using any convenient format known in the art, such as Western blot, immunohistochemical assay and ELISA. For example, antibody-based detection of K-ras mutations is described in Elisabah et al., 2013, J Egypt Natl Cancer Inst. 25(1):51-6).

The expression of mRNA or proteins, such as expression of RAS, can use standard techniques available to the skilled artisan, including some of the methods described above. For example, the mRNA encoding a protein of interest can be detected by hybridization with nucleic acid probes, reverse transcription, polymerase chain reaction, and combinations thereof (e.g., RT-qPCR). In certain embodiments, chip-based or bead-based microarrays containing nucleic acid probes hybridizing to the target sequence can be used. In certain embodiments, mRNA expression can be detected directly in the target cells, such as by in-situ hybridization.

In certain embodiments, the protein products can be detected directly. Direct detection can use a binding agent that binds specifically to the protein, such as antibodies or target-interacting proteins or small molecule reagents that bind specifically with the protein target of interest (see, e.g., Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan et al., eds., John Wiley & Sons (updates to 2015); Immunoassays: A Practical Approach, Gosling, ed., Oxford University Press (2000)). In certain embodiments, the protein product can be detected by immunological methods, including, by way of example, enzyme immunoassays, enzyme-linked immunoassays, fluorescence polarization immunoassay, and chemiluminescence assay.

Biological sample for the method herein include any samples are amenable to analysis herein, such as tissue or biopsy samples containing cancer cells, or any biological fluids that contain the material of interests (e.g., DNA), such as blood, plasma, saliva, tissue swabs, and intestinal fluids. In certain embodiments, exosomes extruded by cancer cells and obtained from blood or other body fluids can be used to detect nucleic acids and proteins produced by the cancer cells.

General biological, biochemical, immunological and molecular biological methods applicable to the present disclosure are described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual 2 nd Ed. (1989) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel et al., ed., John Wiley & Sons (2015); Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan, J E ed., John Wiley & Sons (2015); and Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 200, Abelson et al., ed., Academic Press (1991). All publications are incorporated herein by reference.

6. Formulations and Administration

In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions of the therapeutic agents can be formulated by standard techniques using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers or excipients. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described herein and in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st Ed. (2005). The therapeutic compounds and their physiologically acceptable salts, hydrates and solvates can be formulated for administration by any suitable route, including, among others, topically, nasally, orally, parenterally, rectally or by inhalation. In certain embodiments, the administration of the pharmaceutical composition may be made by intradermal, subdermal, intravenous, intramuscular, intranasal, intracerebral, intratracheal, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intravesical, intrapleural, intracoronary or intratumoral injection, with a syringe or other devices. Transdermal administration is also contemplated, as are inhalation or aerosol administration. Tablets, capsules, and solutions can be administered orally, rectally or vaginally.

For oral administration, a pharmaceutical composition can take the form of, for example, a tablet or a capsule prepared by conventional means with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Tablets and capsules comprising the active ingredient can be prepared together with excipients such as: (a) diluents or fillers, e.g., lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose (e.g., ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose), glycine, pectin, polyacrylates and/or calcium hydrogen phosphate, calcium sulfate; (b) lubricants, e.g., silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt, metallic stearates, colloidal silicon dioxide, hydrogenated vegetable oil, corn starch, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate and/or polyethyleneglycol; (c) binders, e.g., magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone and/or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose; (d) disintegrants, e.g., starches (including potato starch or sodium starch), glycolate, agar, alginic acid or its sodium salt, or effervescent mixtures; (e) wetting agents, e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate, and/or (f) absorbents, colorants, flavors and sweeteners. The compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods.

In certain embodiments, the carrier is a cyclodextrin, such as to enhance solubility and/or bioavailability of the compounds herein. In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin for use in the pharmaceutical compositions can be selected from α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin is selected from β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compounds can be formulated with a cyclodextrin or derivative thereof selected from carboxyalkyl cyclodextrin, hydroxyalkyl cyclodextrin, sulfoalkylether cyclodextrin, and an alkyl cyclodextrin. In various embodiments, the alkyl group in the cyclodextrin is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl.

In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin is α-cyclodextrin or a derivative thereof. In certain embodiments, the α-cyclodextrin or derivative thereof is selected from carboxyalkyl-α-cyclodextrin, hydroxyalkyl-α-cyclodextrin, sulfoalkylether-α-cyclodextrin, alkyl-α-cyclodextrin, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group in the α-cyclodextrin derivative is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl.

In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin is β-cyclodextrin or a derivative thereof. In certain embodiments, the β-cyclodextrin or derivative thereof is selected from carboxyalkyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxyalkyl-β-cyclodextrin, sulfoalkylether-β-cyclodextrin, alkyl-β-cyclodextrin, and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group in the β-cyclodextrin derivative is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl.

In certain embodiments, the β-cyclodextrin or a derivative thereof is hydroxyalkyl-β-cyclodextrin or sulfoalkylether-β-cyclodextrin. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyalkyl-β-cyclodextrin is hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin. In certain embodiments, the sulfoalkylether-β-cyclodextrin is sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin. In certain embodiments, β-cyclodextrin or a derivative thereof is alkyl-β-cyclodextrin, or methyl-β-cyclodextrin. In certain embodiments using methyl-β-cyclodextrin, the β-cyclodextrin is randomly methylated β-cyclodextrin.

In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin is γ-cyclodextrin or a derivative thereof. In certain embodiments, the γ-cyclodextrin or derivative thereof is selected from carboxyalkyl-γ-cyclodextrin, hydroxyalkyl-γ-cyclodextrin, sulfoalkylether-γ-cyclodextrin, and alkyl-γ-cyclodextrin. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group in the γ-cyclodextrin derivative is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl. In certain embodiments, the γ-cyclodextrin or derivative thereof is hydroxyalkyl-γ-cyclodextrin or sulfoalkylether-γ-cyclodextrin. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyalkyl-γ-cyclodextrin is hydroxypropyl-γ-cyclodextrin.

When used in a formulation with the compound of the present disclosure, the cyclodextrin can be present at about 0.1 w/v to about 30% w/v, about 0.1 w/v to about 20% w/v, about 0.5% w/v to about 10% w/v, or about 1% w/v to about 5% w/v. In certain embodiments, the cyclodextrin is present at about 0.1% w/v, about 0.2% w/v, about 0.5% w/v, about 1% w/v, about 2% w/v, about 3% w/v, about 4% w/v, about 5% w/v, about 6% w/v, about 7% w/v, about 8% w/v, about 9% w/v, about 10% w/v, about 12% w/v, about 14% w/v, about 16% w/v, about 18% w/v, about 20% w/v, about 25% w/v, or about 30% w/v or more.

Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration can take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups, or suspensions, or they can be presented as a dry product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and additives, for example, suspending agents, e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives, or hydrogenated edible fats; emulsifying agents, for example, lecithin or acacia; non-aqueous vehicles, for example, almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, or fractionated vegetable oils; and preservatives, for example, methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid. The preparations can also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring, and/or sweetening agents as appropriate. If desired, preparations for oral administration can be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the active compound.

The therapeutic agents can be formulated for parenteral administration, for example by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, for example, in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an optionally added preservative. Injectable compositions can be aqueous isotonic solutions or suspensions. In certain embodiments for parenteral administration, the therapeutic agents can be prepared with a surfactant, such as Cremaphor, or lipophilic solvents, such as triglycerides or liposomes. The compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. Alternatively, the therapeutic agent can be in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, for example, sterile pyrogen-free water, before use. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically effective substances.

For administration by inhalation, the therapeutic agent may be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, for example, dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, for example, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base, for example, lactose or starch.

Suitable formulations for transdermal application include an effective amount of a therapeutic agent with a carrier. Preferred carriers include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the subject. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage or patch comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the therapeutic agent optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and a means to secure the device to the skin. Matrix transdermal formulations may also be used.

Suitable formulations for topical application, e.g., to the skin and eyes, are preferably aqueous solutions, ointments, creams or gels well-known in the art. The formulations may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.

In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent can also be formulated as a rectal composition, for example, suppositories or retention enemas, for example, containing conventional suppository bases, for example, cocoa butter or other glycerides, or gel forming agents, such as carbomers.

In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent can be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long-acting formulations can be administered by implantation (for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. The therapeutic agent can be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil), ion exchange resins, biodegradable polymers, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.

The pharmaceutical compositions can, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device that can contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack can, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, for example, a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device can be accompanied by instructions for administration.

7. Effective Amount and Dosing

In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition of the therapeutic agent is administered to a subject, preferably a human, at a therapeutically effective dose to prevent, treat, or control a condition or disease as described herein. The pharmaceutical composition is administered to a subject in an amount sufficient to elicit an effective therapeutic response in the subject. An effective therapeutic response is a response that at least partially arrests or slows the symptoms or complications of the condition or disease. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as “therapeutically effective dose” or “therapeutically effective amount.” The dosage of therapeutic agents can take into consideration, among others, the species of warm-blooded animal (mammal), the body weight, age, condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the form of administration, route of administration. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse effects that accompany the administration of a particular therapeutic compound in a particular subject.

In certain embodiments, a suitable dosage of the compounds of the disclosure or a composition thereof is from about 1 ng/kg to about 1000 mg/kg, from 0.01 mg/kg to 900 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg to 800 mg/kg, from about 1 mg/kg to about 700 mg/kg, from about 2 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, from about 3 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg to about 300 mg/kg, or from about 5 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the suitable dosages of the compound can be about 1 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 15 mg/kg, 20 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, 35 mg/kg, 40 mg/kg, 45 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, 60 mg/kg, 70 mg/kg, 80 mg/kg, 90 mg/kg, 100 mg/kg, 125 mg/kg, 150 mg/kg, 175 mg/kg, 200 mg/kg, 250 mg/kg, 300 mg/kg, 400 mg/kg, 500 mg/kg, 600 mg/kg, 700 mg/kg, 800 mg/kg, 900 mg/kg, or 1000 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the dose of the compound can be administered once per day or divided into subdoses and administered in multiple doses, e.g., twice, three times, or four times per day.

In certain embodiments, the compounds can be administered with one or more of a second therapeutic agent, sequentially or concurrently, either by the same route or by different routes of administration. When administered sequentially, the time between administrations is selected to benefit, among others, the therapeutic efficacy and/or safety of the combination treatment. In certain embodiments, the compounds herein can be administered first followed by a second therapeutic agent, or alternatively, the second therapeutic agent administered first followed by the compounds of the present disclosure. By way of example and not limitation, the time between administrations is about 1 hr, about 2 hr, about 4 hr, about 6 hr, about 12 hr, about 16 hr or about 20 hr. In certain embodiments, the time between administrations is about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, or about 7 more days. In certain embodiments, the time between administrations is about 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or 4 weeks or more. In certain embodiments, the time between administrations is about 1 month or 2 months or more.

When administered concurrently, the compound can be administered separately at the same time as the second therapeutic agent, by the same or different routes, or administered in a single composition by the same route. In certain embodiments, the amount and frequency of administration of the second therapeutic agent can used standard dosages and standard administration frequencies used for the particular therapeutic agent. See, e.g., Physicians' Desk Reference, 70th Ed., PDR Network, 2015; incorporated herein by reference.

In certain embodiments where the compounds of the present disclosure is administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent, the dose of the second therapeutic agent is administered at a therapeutically effective dose. In certain embodiments, a suitable dose can be from about 1 ng/kg to about 1000 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 900 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 800 mg/kg, from about 1 mg/kg to about 700 mg/kg, from about 2 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, from about 3 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, from about 4 mg/kg to about 300 mg/kg, or from about 5 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the suitable dosages of the second therapeutic agent can be about 1 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 15 mg/kg, 20 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, 35 mg/kg, 40 mg/kg, 45 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, 60 mg/kg, 70 mg/kg, 80 mg/kg, 90 mg/kg, 100 mg/kg, 125 mg/kg, 150 mg/kg, 175 mg/kg, 200 mg/kg, 250 mg/kg, 300 mg/kg, 400 mg/kg, 500 mg/kg, 600 mg/kg, 700 mg/kg, 800 mg/kg, 900 mg/kg, or 1000 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, guidance for dosages of the second therapeutic agent is provided in Physicians' Desk Reference, 70 th Ed, PDR Network (2015), incorporated herein by reference.

It to be understood that optimum dosages, toxicity, and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic agents may vary depending on the relative potency of individual therapeutic agent and can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, for example, by determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio, LD 50 /ED 50 . Therapeutic agents or combinations thereof that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While certain agents that exhibit toxic side effects can be used, care should be used to design a delivery system that targets such agents to the site of affected tissue to minimize potential damage to normal cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.

The data obtained from, for example, cell culture assays and animal studies can be used to formulate a dosage range for use in humans. The dosage of such small molecule compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration. For any compounds used in the methods disclosed herein, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).

The following examples are provided to further illustrate the methods of the present disclosure, and the compounds and compositions for use in the methods. The examples described are illustrative only and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention(s) in any way. The disclosures of all articles and references mentioned in this application, including patents, are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

Synthetic Examples

A solution of AA-1 (8.50 g, 33.37 mmol, 1.00 eq, HCl) in toluene (100.00 mL) was mixed with TEA (4.05 g, 40.04 mmol, 5.55 mL, 1.20 eq) and stirred at 20° C. for 18 h. The completion of reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give free form of AA-1.

To a solution of free state of AA-1 (5.52 g, 25.29 mmol, 1.00 eq) and AA-2 (4.57 g, 27.82 mmol, 1.10 eq) in toluene (80.00 mL) were added TFA (7.70 g, 67.52 mmol, 5.00 mL, 2.67 eq) and 4A molecular sieves (0.2 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 4 h, while maintaining gentle reflux, to give a yellow mixture. The completion of reaction was detected by TLC. The mixture was diluted with H 2 O (100 mL) and 30% NaOH aq. added until solution reached pH 7 and then extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure to give AA-3. About half of the product (4.5 g) was directly used for the next step. The rest was purified, and then used for the next step.

To a solution of AA-3 (4.50 g, 12.35 mmol, 1.00 eq) and NaHCO 3 (1.25 g, 14.82 mmol, 576.40 μL, 1.20 eq) in CHCl 3 (50.00 mL) was added slowly 2-chloroacetyl chloride (3.35 g, 29.64 mmol, 2.36 mL, 2.40 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 4 h to give a black mixture. The completion of reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with a saturated solution of NaHCO 3 and brine (10 mL each) in sequence. The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 4:1) to give K601. LC-MS (m/z): 441.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO, T=80° C.) δ 10.80 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.01-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.19 (s, 1H), 5.27 (s, 1H), 4.60 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.49-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.32 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound AB-3

A solution of AA-1 (5 g, 19.63 mmol, 1 eq, HCl) in toluene (50 mL) was added TEA (2.38 g, 23.56 mmol, 3.28 mL, 1.2 eq), and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 1 h to give a yellow mixture. The completion of reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give a free state of AA-1.

To prepare AB-3, a solution of AB-2 (10 g, 66.61 mmol, 1 eq) in tert-butyl alcohol (200 mL) were added tert-butoxycarbonyl tert-butyl carbonate (15.26 g, 69.94 mmol, 16.07 mL, 1.05 eq) and DMAP (406.87 mg, 3.33 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 14 h to give a white mixture. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (300 mL), washed with HCl (1 M 200 mL), then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (200 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=0/1 to 10:1) to give AB-3.

To a cooled solution (0° C.) of AA-1 (1 g, 4.58 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (30 mL) were added AB-3 (1.13 g, 5.50 mmol, 1.2 eq) and TFA (783.64 mg, 6.87 mmol, 508.86 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 24 h to give a yellow solution. Completion of reaction was analyzed by TLC. The reaction solution was diluted with H 2 O (8 mL), neutralized with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 , and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5:1) to give AB-4.

Preparation of Compound 1

A solution of 601-4A (35 mg, 86.11 μmol, 1 eq) and NaHCO 3 (8.68 mg, 103.33 μmol, 4.02 μL, 1.2 eq) in CHCl 3 (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (23.34 mg, 206.66 μmol, 16.44 μL, 2.4 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 14 h to give a green solution. LCMS showed the desired MS. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (10 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EA=2:1) to give Compound 1. LC-MS (m/z): 505.0 [M+Na]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.10-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.23-6.10 (m, 1H), 5.26 (s, 1H), 4.11-3.28 (m, 7H), 1.61-1.55 (m, 9H).

Preparation of Compound 4

A solution of Compound 1 (40 mg, 82.82 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was mixed with TFA (154.00 mg, 1.35 mmol, 0.1 mL, 16.31 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a black solution. LCMS showed the desired MS. The reaction solution was concentrated under N 2 . The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 38%-68%, 10 min) to give Compound 4. LC-MS (m/z): 426.9 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.93 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.04-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 4.74-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.51 (m, 5H).

A solution of AC-1 was reacted with Ac-t-butyl in presence of HC10O 4 in DCM until completion of reaction to form AC-2, as shown in the scheme above.

To a cooled solution (0° C.) of AC-2 (200 mg, 768.25 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1.5 mL) were added AA-2 (151.34 mg, 921.90 μmol, 1.2 eq) and TFA (131.40 mg, 1.15 mmol, 85.32 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give a red solution. The completion of reaction was detected by TLC and LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with H 2 O (10 mL), neutralized with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 until pH 7, and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EA=3:1) to give AC-4.

Preparation of Compound 2

To a solution of AC-4 (80 mg, 196.81 μmol, 1 eq) and NaHCO 3 (19.84 mg, 236.18 μmol, 9.19 μL, 1.2 eq) in CHCl 3 (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (53.35 mg, 472.36 μmol, 37.57 μL, 2.4 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 14 h to give a black solution.

The completion of reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (10 mL), washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (10 mL), extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EA=2:1) to give Compound 2. LC-MS (m/z): 483.1[M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.00-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.42 (s, 2H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.21-6.09 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.39 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.21 (m, 9H).

Preparation of Compound 3

To a solution of Compound 2 (35 mg, 72.47 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added TFA (154.00 mg, 1.35 mmol, 0.1 mL, 18.64 eq). The reaction solution was stirred at 20° C. for 14 h to give a black solution. The completion of reaction was detected by LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (10 mL), and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 40%-70%, 10 min) to give Compound 4. LC-MS (m/z): 426.9[M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.95 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.04-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 4.74-7.71 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 4H), 3.59-3.55 (m, 1H).

To a solution of AD-1 (200 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1 eq, HCl) in THF (8 mL) were added DMF (31.67 mg, 433.23 μmol, 33.33 μL, 3.59e-1 eq) and oxalyl dichloride (145.61 mg, 1.15 mmol, 100.42 μL, 0.95 eq) at 0° C. with ice-bath. The reaction solution was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give orange mixture. The reaction was completed as detected by TLC. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give AD-2. The product was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Compound 273

To a solution of AA-3 (50 mg, 137.21 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (83.31 mg, 823.28 μmol, 114.59 μL, 6 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added AD-2 (101.02 mg, 548.85 μmol, 4 eq, HCl). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give black solution. The reaction was completed as detected by LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with H 2 O (30 mL), extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 25%-55%, 10 min) to give compound 273. LC-MS (m/z): 476.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 11.23-10.92 (m, 1H), 9.84 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.12-6.92 (m, 3H), 6.51-6.55 (m, 1H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 5.04 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 1H), 3.79-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.55 (s, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 2.82-2.69 (m, 5H), 2.66-2.67 (m, 2H).

To a solution of Compound 4 (25 mg, 58.57 μmol, 1 eq; see Procedure AA) and AE-1 (9.74 mg, 58.57 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) were added EDCI (22.46 mg, 117.14 μmol, 2 eq) and DMAP (14.31 mg, 117.14 μmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 14 h to give a yellow solution. The completion of reaction was detected by LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 80%-90%, 10 min) to give Compound 6. LC-MS (m/z): 575.1[M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 11.22-11.04 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.46 (M, 1H), 7.32-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.04-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 4.75-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.41 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.55 (s, 5H), 1.46-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.23 (s, 3H).

Preparation of Compound 7

To a solution Compound 4 (100 mg, 234.27 μmol, 1 eq; see Procedure AA), methanamine (31.64 mg, 468.55 μmol, 2 eq, HCl), EDCI (67.37 mg, 351.41 μmol, 1.5 eq) and HOBt (31.66 mg, 234.27 μmol, 1 eq) in DMF (1 mL) was added NMM (94.79 mg, 937.10 μmol, 103.03 μL, 4 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. The completion of reaction was detected by LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with EA (20 mL), washed with 1N HCl (15 mL), washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and then with brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 25%-55%, 7 min) to give Compound 7. LC-MS (m/z): 462.0[M+Na] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ=11.12-10.94 (m, 1H), 8.43-8.31 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.04-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.38 (m, 5H), 2.83-2.70 (m, 3H).

To a solution of AB-2 (1 g, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq), EDCI (1.53 g, 7.99 mmol, 1.2 eq), HOBt (900.03 mg, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq) and DIEA (3.44 g, 26.64 mmol, 4.64 mL, 4 eq) in DCM (15 mL) was added N-methylmethanamine (814.73 mg, 9.99 mmol, 915.43 μL, 1.5 eq, HCl) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a red solution. The completion of reaction was detected by TLC and LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (40 mL), then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 1:1) to give AG-3.

To a solution of AA-1 (10 g, 39.26 mmol, 1 eq, HCl) in toluene (200 mL) was added TEA (4.77 g, 47.11 mmol, 6.56 mL, 1.2 eq), and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 1 h to give a yellow mixture. The completion of reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction mixture was filtered and filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give a free form of AG-1.

To a solution of AG-1 (923.75 mg, 4.23 mmol, 1 eq) and AG-3 (900 mg, 5.08 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (482.60 mg, 4.23 mmol, 313.38 μL, 1 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed AG-1 remained; the reaction solution was stirred at 40° C. for another 24 h. The completion of reaction was detected by LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (30 mL), then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 1:2) to give AG-4.

Preparation of Compound 8

To a solution of AG-4 (100 mg, 264.95 μmol, 1 eq) and NaHCO 3 (44.51 mg, 529.89 μmol, 20.61 μL, 2 eq) in CHCl3 (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (59.85 mg, 529.89 μmol, 42.15 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 3 h to give a yellow suspension. The completion of reaction was detected by LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (15 mL), washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and brine, and then extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 32%-62%, 10 min) to give Compound 8. LC-MS (m/z): 475.9 [M+Na] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.82 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, 3H), 7.11-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.22-5.97 (m, 1H), 5.20-5.07 (m, 1H), 4.13-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.46-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.24-2.73 (m, 6H).

Preparation of Compound 9

To a solution of Compound 4 (100 mg, 234.27 μmol, 1 eq), EDCI (44.91 mg, 234.27 μmol, 1 eq) and HOBt (63.31 mg, 468.55 μmol, 2 eq) in DMF (1 mL) was added 2-methylpropan-2-amine-(34.27 mg, 468.55 μmol, 49.24 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a red solution. The completion of reaction was detected by LCMS. The reaction solution was diluted with EA (10 mL), washed with 1N HCl (10 mL), then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 40%-70%, 10 min) to give Compound 9. LC-MS (m/z): 504.1[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.06-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 4.54-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.48 (m, 5H), 1.43-1.41 (m, 9H).

To a solution of AI-1 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL) were added AI-2 (546.01 mg, 3.26 mmol, 9.78e-1 eq, HCl), DIEA (1.29 g, 9.99 mmol, 1.74 mL, 3 eq) and BOP (1.77 g, 4.00 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with MTBE (30 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5% to 50%) to give AI-3.

To a solution of AA-1 (240 mg, 1.10 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added AI-3 (289.52 mg, 1.10 mmol, 1 eq) and TFA (62.69 mg, 549.82 μmol, 40.71 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: 100% EtOAc) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (30 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: 100% EtOAc) to give AI-5.

Preparation of Compound 10

To a solution of AI-5 (80 mg, 172.59 μmol, 1 eq) in THF (2 mL) were added Sat. NaHCO 3 (172.59 μmol, 1 mL, 1 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (58.48 mg, 517.77 μmol, 41.18 μL, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed no desired mass was found, and AI-5 remained. CHCl 3 (3 mL) and Sat. NaHCO 3 (2 mL) were added, then 0.03 mL 2-chloroacetyl chloride was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h again. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with HCl (12N, 1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 0.5 h. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 43%-73%, 10 min) to give two products (peak 2 and peak 1, i.e., Compound 10). NOE showed peak 2 was the cis-isomer, and peak 1 was the trans-isomer. LC-MS (m/z): 540.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ 7.84-7.47 (m, 5H), 7.22-7.01 (m, 3H), 7.51-7.35 (m, 2H), 6.39-6.11 (m, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 4.56-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.27-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.33 (m, 5H), 1.09 (s, 9H).

To a solution of AJ-1 (0.5 g, 1.92 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (348.18 mg, 2.30 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (15 mL) was added dropwise TFA (109.49 mg, 960.00 μmol, 71.10 μL, 0.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction solution was heated to 40° C. in a sealed tube for 16 h to give a brown solution. TLC (PE/EtOAc=2/1, SiO 2 ) showed that two new spots were formed. The reaction solution was washed with sat. aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by combi flash (PE/EtOAc=10/1 to 2/1) to give AJ-2.

Preparation of Compound 11

To a mixture of AJ-2 (50 mg, 127.09 μmol, 1 eq) and NaHCO 3 (12.81 mg, 152.50 μmol, 5.93 μL, 1.2 eq) in CHCl 3 (0.5 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (35.88 mg, 317.71 μmol, 25.27 μL, 2.5 eq) in CHCl 3 (0.5 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the desired MS. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was directly purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 55%-85%, 10 min) to give Compound 11. LC-MS (m/z): 470.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.13 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (brs, 1H), 7.58-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 5.12 (dd, J=2.6, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (d, J=15.8 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (dd, J=4.6, 15.2 Hz, 1H), 1.21 (s, 9H).

To a solution of AA-1 (500 mg, 2.29 mmol, 1 eq) and AK-2 (394.88 mg, 2.41 mmol, 1.05 eq) in DCM (7 mL) was added dropwise TFA (261.21 mg, 2.29 mmol, 169.62 μL, 1 eq) at 0° C. The reaction solution was heated to 40° C. in a sealed tube for 16 h to give a brown solution. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1, SiO2) showed that four new spots were formed. The reaction solution was washed with sat. aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by combi flash (PE/EtOAc=10/1 to 1/1) to give AK-3.

Preparation of Compound 12

To a mixture of AK-3 (50 mg, 137.21 μmol, 1 eq) and NaHCO 3 (13.83 mg, 164.66 μmol, 6.40 μL, 1.2 eq) in CHCl 3 (0.5 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (38.74 mg, 343.04 μmol, 27.28 μL, 2.5 eq) in CHCl 3 (0.5 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the desired MS. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was directly purified by combi flash (PE/EtOAc=5/1 to 2/1) to give Compound 12. LC-MS (m/z): 441.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.11-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.46-6.85 (m, 7H), 6.30-5.97 (m, 1H), 5.15 (brs, 1H), 4.17-4.07 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.09 (m, 5H), 2.27 (s, 3H).

To a solution of AL-1 (1.5 g, 12.28 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) were added DMAP (4.50 g, 36.85 mmol, 3 eq) and 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl chloride (2.22 g, 18.42 mmol, 2.27 mL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (30 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 20%) to give AL-2.

To a solution of AA-1 (500 mg, 2.29 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added AL-2 and TFA (770.00 mg, 6.75 mmol, 500.00 μL, 2.95 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 24 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with MBTE (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 20%) to give AL-3a and AL-3.

Preparation of Compound 13

To a solution of AL-3 (30 mg, 73.81 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (2 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (31.00 mg, 369.03 μmol, 14.35 μL, 5 eq), followed by 2-chloroacetyl chloride (10.00 mg, 88.57 μmol, 7.04 μL, 1.2 eq) added dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 60%-90%, 8.8 min) to give Compound 13.

Preparation of Compound 13a

To a solution of AL-3a (30.00 mg, 73.81 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (2 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (31.00 mg, 369.03 μmol, 14.35 μL, 5 eq), followed by 2-chloroacetyl chloride (10.00 mg, 88.57 μmol, 7.04 μL, 1.2 eq) added dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was then quenched with H 2 O (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 60%-90%, 8.8 min) to give Compound 13. 40.4 mg was prepared. LC-MS (m/z): 431.0[M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.01-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.99-3.97 (m, 2H), 6.58-6.08 (m, 1H), 5.76-5.03 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.45 (m, 5H), 2.14-2.03 (m, 3H).

To a solution of AA-1 (800 mg, 3.67 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) were added AM-1 (447.64 mg, 3.67 mmol, 1 eq) and TFA (208.98 mg, 1.83 mmol, 135.70 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed desired mass was found; however AA-1 and AM-1 remained. Thus, the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for an additional 16 h. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (30 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 30%) to give AM-3 and the cis-isomer.

To a solution of AM-3 (50 mg, 155.11 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) were added (2S)-2-(1-adamantyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)acetic acid (57.59 mg, 186.13 μmol, 1.2 eq), DMAP (1.89 mg, 15.51 μmol, 0.1 eq), DIEA (60.14 mg, 465.32 μmol, 81.05 μL, 3 eq), HOBt (23.05 mg, 170.62 μmol, 1.1 eq) and EDCI (35.68 mg, 186.13 μmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) to give AM-4.

To a solution of AM-4 (110 mg, 179.23 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (150.56 mg, 1.79 mmol, 69.71 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (60.73 mg, 537.68 μmol, 42.77 μL, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give AM-5.

Preparation of Compound 14

To a solution of AM-5 (50 mg, 81.47 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) was added TFA (462.00 mg, 4.05 mmol, 0.3 mL, 49.74 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 33%-63%, 10 min) to give Compound 14. LC-MS (m/z): 612.1 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ9.16 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.06 (m, 5H), 6.08-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.85 (brs, 1H), 3.66-3.47 (m, 5H), 2.07-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.68 (m, 12H).

To a solution of compound AN-1 (1 g, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (30 mL), DIEA (1.29 g, 9.99 mmol, 1.74 mL, 1.5 eq) was added with stirring at 20° C. for 30 min, then tert-butyl N-(2-aminoethyl) carbamate (1.81 g, 11.32 mmol, 1.78 mL, 1.7 eq) was added with stirring at 20° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (30 mL) and EtOAc (40 mL), and the aqueous layers extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1-1/1) to give AN-2.

To a solution of compound AN-2 (2.2 g, 7.53 mmol, 1 eq) and methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (1.81 g, 8.28 mmol, 1.1 eq) in DCM (25 mL) was added dropwise TFA (858.11 mg, 7.53 mmol, 557.21 μL, 1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 24 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and DCM (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with DCM (20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: EA:MeOH=10:1) to give AN-3.

Preparation of Compound 15

To a solution of compound AN-3 (1.00 g, 2.03 mmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (15 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (341.10 mg, 4.06 mmol, 157.92 μL, 2 eq). Then 2-chloroacetyl chloride (343.94 mg, 3.05 mmol, 42.21 μL, 1.5 eq) was added dropwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 6 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=20/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 18%-38%, 10 min) to give Compound 15. LC-MS (m/z): 469.0 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ: 2.87-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.61 (m, 7H), 4.09 (d, J=12.80 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.93-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.77 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 3H), 8.54-8.78 (m, 1H), 8.54-8.78 (m, 1H), 10.99 (s, 1H). 11.16 (s, 1H).

To a solution of AJ-1 (300 mg, 1.15 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) were added AB-3 (237.66 mg, 1.15 mmol, 1 eq) and TFA (65.70 mg, 576.19 μmol, 42.66 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 3 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 20%) to give AO-3 and tert-butyl (1R,3R)-1-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylphenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate.

Preparation of Compound 19

To a solution of AO-3 (42 mg, 93.63 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (7.87 mg, 93.63 μmol, 3.64 μL, 1 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (52.88 mg, 468.17 μmol, 37.24 μL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate washed with DCM (10 mL) and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 m; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 70%-95%, 8.8 min) to give Compound 19. LC-MS (m/z): 525.0 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ 7.99-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.27-5.18 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.49 (m, 5H), 1.65 (s, 9H), 1.26 (s, 9H).

To a solution of AP-1 (1 g, 3.29 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (25 mL) were added Me 2 NH (321.53 mg, 3.94 mmol, 361.27 μL, 1.2 eq, HCl), DMAP (40.14 mg, 328.58 μmol, 0.1 eq), DIEA (1.27 g, 9.86 mmol, 1.72 mL, 3 eq), HOBt (443.99 mg, 3.29 mmol, 1 eq) and EDCI (755.87 mg, 3.94 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. To the mixture was added H 2 O (10 mL) and then extracted with MTBE (10 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and then concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 1:1) to give AP-2.

A solution of AP-2 (592 mg, 1.79 mmol, 1 eq) in HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 10 mL, 22.39 eq) was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue, which was then diluted with saturated NaHCO 3 aq. (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 min and then extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the concentrated to give AP-3.

To a solution of AP-3 (100 mg, 432.35 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added tert-butyl 4-formylbenzoate (89.17 mg, 432.35 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (24.65 mg, 216.18 μmol, 16.01 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was heated at 50° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: EtOAc:PE=1:2) showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 and then extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EtOAc=1:2) by collecting the spot with higher polarity. It was confirmed by NMR and NOE as AP-4a (cis-isomer). This isomer is the major product and was used in the next step before confirmation by NOE.

To a solution of AP-4a (30.00 mg, 71.51 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) were added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (40.38 mg, 357.55 μmol, 28.44 μL, 5 eq) and NaHCO 3 (60.07 mg, 715.11 μmol, 27.81 μL, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 m; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)−ACN]; B %: 55%-85%, 10 min) to give Compound 21a.

To a solution of AP-3 (100 mg, 432.35 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added tert-butyl 4-formylbenzoate (89.17 mg, 432.35 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (24.65 mg, 216.18 μmol, 16.01 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was heated at 50° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: EtOAc:PE=1:2) showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 and then concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EtOAc=1:2) to give AP-4.

Preparation of Compound 21

To a solution of AP-4 (48 mg, 114.42 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) were added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (64.61 mg, 572.09 μmol, 45.50 μL, 5 eq) and NaHCO 3 (96.12 mg, 1.14 mmol, 44.50 μL, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 55%-85%, 10 min) to give Compound 21. LC-MS (m/z):496.0 [M] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.49-8.20 (m, 1H), 8.05-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.08-6.79 (m, 3H), 6.45 (brs, 1H), 5.86 (brs, 1H), 3.48-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.19-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.82 (m, 4H), 1.56 (s, 9H).

A solution of adamantan-1-amine (1 g, 6.61 mmol, 1.05 eq) and TEA (955.76 mg, 9.45 mmol, 1.31 mL, 1.5 eq) in DCM (30 mL) was mixed with ethyl 4-chlorosulfonylbenzoate (1.57 g, 6.30 mmol, 1 eq) in portions at 15° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h to give a white suspension. TLC (PE/EtOAc=3/1, SiO 2 ) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with 0.2 N HCl solution (10 mL) and separated. The organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was diluted with a mixed solvent of PE (30 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) and stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes. The product was collected by filtration, and dried in vacuo to give AQ-2.

To a suspension of LiAlH 4 (75.18 mg, 1.98 mmol, 1.2 eq) in THF (6 mL) was added dropwise a solution of AQ-2 (0.6 g, 1.65 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (6 mL) at 0° C. The reaction solution was stirred at 15° C. for 2 h to give a white suspension. TLC (PE/EtOAc=2/1, SiO 2 ) showed that the reaction was completed. To the mixture was added 75 μL water, 75 μL 15% NaOH solution, 225 μL water at 0° C., and stirred at 15° C. for 10 minutes before filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give AQ-3.

To a solution of AQ-3 (334 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (15 mL) was added MnO 2 (100 mg, 1.15 mmol, 1.11 eq). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h to give a dark suspension. TLC (PE/EtOAc=2/1, SiO 2 ) showed a new spot, but a significant amount of starting material remained. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by Combi flash (PE/EtOAc=10/1 to 1/1) to give AQ-4 and recovered starting material.

To a solution of methyl D-tryptophanate (43.05 mg, 197.23 μmol, 1 eq) and AQ-4 (63 mg, 197.23 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) was added TFA (11.24 mg, 98.62 μmol, 7.30 μL, 0.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction solution was stirred at 40° C. for 16 h to give a clear solution. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1, SiO 2 ) showed that the aldehyde was consumed, and two new spots were observed. The reaction solution was washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 solution (1 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by Combi flash (PE/EtOAc=3/1 to 1/1) to give a less polar compound and a more polar compound. For the more polar compound, NOE showed it was the desired product.

Preparation of Compound 24

To a solution of AQ-5 (30 mg, 57.73 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (0.5 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (10 mg, 119.03 μmol, 4.63 μL, 2.06 eq) followed by dropwise addition of a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (16.30 mg, 144.33 μmol, 11.48 μL, 2.5 eq) in CHCl 3 (0.5 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 2 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (PE/EtOAc=1/1, SiO 2 ) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated and directly purified by Combi flash (PE/EtOAc=3/1 to 1/1) to give Compound 24. LC-MS (m/z): 618.0 [M+Na] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.92-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.33-6.08 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.04 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.21- 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 4H), 3.53-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.95 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.74 (m, 6H), 1.61-1.50 (m, 6H).

A similar synthetic scheme was used to synthesize Compound 23 and Compound 23a by reacting AQ-1 with dimethylamine hydrochloride. Compound 35 and Compound 37 were also synthesized by a similar process.

Compound 23

LC-MS (m/z): 489.9 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ 7.79-7.67 (m, 4H), 7.50-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.01 (m, 3H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 4.58-4.45 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.49 (m, 5H), 2.64 (s, 6H).

Compound 23a: LC-MS (m/z): 490.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ 7.74-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.04 (m, 2H), 5.25-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.74-4.64 (m, 2H), 4.41-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 6H), 2.69 (s, 6H).

Compound 35

(LC-MS (m/z):568.0 [M+Na] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d 4 ) δ 7.78 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 5.43 (brs, 1H), 4.71-4.52 (m, 5H), 4.28 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 3.67-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.56-3.37 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.66 (m, 2H), 1.85 (ddd, J=3.1, 6.2, 9.7 Hz, 2H), 1.61-1.49 (m, 2H).

Compound 37

LC-MS (m/z): 517.9 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ ppm 3.47-3.78 (m, 7H), 3.90-3.91 (br d, J=6.02 Hz, 2H), 4.27-4.58 (m, 3H), 5.44 (br s, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 7.00-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.25 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.88 (m, 4H).

A solution of AB-2 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (8 mL) was mixed with morpholine (348.18 mg, 4.00 mmol, 351.69 μL, 1.2 eq), HOBt (495.02 mg, 3.66 mmol, 1.1 eq) and EDCI (766.14 mg, 4.00 mmol, 1.2 eq), and stirred at 30° C. for 16 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (30 mL) and then extracted with MTBE (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and then concentrated to give crude product. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 1:1) to give AR-2.

To a solution of AA-1 (177.20 mg, 811.91 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added AR-2 (178 mg, 811.91 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (46.29 mg, 405.96 μmol, 30.06 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed that R1 remained. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 , and extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and then concentrated to give the crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EtOAc=0:1) to give AR-4.

Preparation of Compound 26

To a solution of AR-4 (46 mg, 109.66 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (2 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (92.12 mg, 1.10 mmol, 42.65 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (61.93 mg, 548.31 μmol, 43.61 μL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 45%-55%, 10 min) to give Compound 26. LC-MS (m/z):496.0 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.32 (br s, 1H), 7.53 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.28-6.12 (m, 1H), 6.02 (br s, 1H), 5.27-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.69 (m, 4H), 3.66 (s, 5H), 3.64-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.38 (m, 3H).

To a solution of AB-2 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq), EDCI (702.29 mg, 3.66 mmol, 1.1 eq), HOBt (450.02 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) and NMM (842.16 mg, 8.33 mmol, 915.39 μL, 2.5 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added adamantan-1-amine (503.72 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give yellow solution. Completion of the reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction solution was diluted with EA (20 mL), washed with 1N HCl (15 mL), washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), and extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 1:1) to give AS-2.

To a solution of AA-1 (500 mg, 2.29 mmol, 1 eq) and AS-2 (775.71 mg, 2.74 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (130.06 mg, 1.14 mmol, 84.45 μL, 0.5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 24 h to give yellow mixture. Completion of the reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (40 mL), then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (40 mL) and brine (40 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 2:1) to give AS-4.

Preparation of Compound 28

To a solution of AS-4 (150 mg, 310.17 μmol, 1 eq) and NaHCO 3 (52.11 mg, 620.35 μmol, 24.13 μL, 2 eq) in CHCl 3 (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (84.08 mg, 744.42 μmol, 59.21 μL, 2.4 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h to give a yellow solution. Completion of the reaction was detected by TLC. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (15 mL), washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EA=1:1) to give Compound 28. LC-MS (m/z): 560.1[M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.65-8.47 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.07 (m, 4H), 6.20-6.05 (m, 1H), 5.77-5.68 (m, 1H), 5.23- 5.09 (m, 1H), 4.12-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.00 (m, 8H), 1.70 (s, 7H).

A solution of compound AT-1 (1.2 g, 9.91 mmol, 1.5 eq) and adamantan-1-amine (999.06 mg, 6.61 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (30 mL) was mixed with K 2 CO 3 (1.83 g, 13.21 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 16 h to give a suspension. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between with water (20 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL), and the aqueous layers extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=20/1-10/1) to give AT-2.

To a solution of compound AT-2 340 mg, 1.35 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (15 mL) was added dropwise DIBAL-H (228.31 mg, 1.62 mmol, 1.2 eq) at 0° C., and the reaction mixture stirred at 0° C. for 3 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

A solution of AT-3 (390 mg, 1.53 mmol, 1 eq) and methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl) propanoate (400.00 mg, 1.83 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (15 mL) was mixed with TFA (174.15 mg, 1.53 mmol, 113.08 μL, 1 eq), and the reaction mixture stirred at 20° C. to for 16 h to give dark red solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL), extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to give a crude product, and then purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: PE/EA=10/1-4/1) to give AT-4.

Preparation of Compound 29

To a solution of AT-4 (50 mg, 109.75 μmol, 1 eq) and Et 3 N (33.32 mg, 329.24 μmol, 45.83 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added dropwise 2-chloroacetyl chloride (24.79 mg, 219.50 μmol, 17.46 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE:EA=1/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated to give a crude product, and then purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 40%-90%, 9.5 min) to give Compound 29. LC-MS (m/z): 532.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ: 1.80 (s, 9H), 2.10 (s, 6H), 3.50-3.59 (m, 3H), 4.27 (s, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=11.80 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (d, J=13.55 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 6.93-7.02 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 2H), 7.25 (s, 4H), 7.49 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (s, 2H), 10.69 (s, 2H), 11.01 (s, 1H).

To a solution of AB-2 (1 g, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (20 mL) were added tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (1.49 g, 7.99 mmol, 1.2 eq), NMM (2.02 g, 19.98 mmol, 2.20 mL, 3 eq), HOBt (990.04 mg, 7.33 mmol, 1.1 eq) and EDCI (2.55 g, 13.32 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL), and extracted with MTBE (20 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and then concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 1:1) to give AU-2.

To a solution of AU-2 (200 mg, 628.20 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added 1-A (137.11 mg, 628.20 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (35.81 mg, 314.10 μmol, 23.26 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated the crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , EtOAc:PE=4:1) to give AU-4.

To a solution of AU-4 (80 mg, 154.26 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (2 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (129.59 mg, 1.54 mmol, 59.99 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (87.11 mg, 771.30 μmol, 61.35 μL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 m; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 50%-80%, 8 min) to give AU-5.

Preparation of Compound 31

To a solution of AU-5 (80 mg, 134.43 μmol, 1 eq) in HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 10 mL, 297.54 eq) was stirred at 25° C. to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was concentrated to give the crude product, and. crude product purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 m; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 20%-50%, 7 min) to give Compound 31. LC-MS (m/z):495.0 [M+H]. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 7.53-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.36 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.41 (br s, 1H), 4.73 (s, 1H), 4.44 (s, 1H), 3.80-3.53 (m, 6H), 3.50 (s, 4H), 3.30-3.02 (m, 4H).

A similar scheme was used to synthesize Compound 32 and Compound 32a.

Compound 32

LC-MS (m/z): 510.0 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.57-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.44 (m, 4H), 7.30-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.07 (m, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.14-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 5H), 3.64-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.39 (s, 1H), 3.27-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.67 (m, 4H).

Compound 32a: LC-MS (m/z): 510.0 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 7.84-7.54 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.03 (m, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 5.06-5.03 (m, 1H), 4.76 (s, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 3.94-3.73 (m, 4H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.47 (m, 2H).

To a solution of AV-1 (500 mg, 2.16 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-formyl-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide (574.59 mg, 3.24 mmol, 1.5 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (246.49 mg, 2.16 mmol, 160.06 μL, 1 eq) at 20° C., and the reaction mixture stirred at 40° C. for 16 h. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (10 mL) and DCM (10 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The organic layers were combined and concentrated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 4%-34%, 6.5 min) to give AV-2.

Preparation of Compound 38

To a solution of AV-2 (130 mg, 332.93 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (101.07 mg, 998.78 μmol, 139.02 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added dropwise 2-chloroacetyl chloride (75.20 mg, 665.85 μmol, 52.96 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH=10/1) to afford Compound 38. LC-MS (m/z): 467.0 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 5H), 3.37 (t, J=4.64 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 1H), 4.11-4.19 (m, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 2H), 7.35-7.49 (m, 5H), 8.20 (s, 1H).

To a solution of AW-1 (1 g, 3.29 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) were added HATU (1.87 g, 4.93 mmol, 1.5 eq) and DIEA (849.33 mg, 6.57 mmol, 1.14 mL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, and then N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (398.99 mg, 3.94 mmol, 557.24 μL, 1.2 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 15.5 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL) and then extracted with MTBE (10 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 5:1) to give AW-2.

A solution of tert-butyl AW-2 (675 mg, 1.74 mmol, 1 eq) was added HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 10 mL, 22.96 eq) and stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue diluted with MTBE (10 mL) and Sat. NaHCO 3 aq. (20 mL). The mixture was stirred 30 min and extracted with MTBE (10 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , the filtered and concentrated to give AW-3.

To a solution of AW-3 (150 mg, 521.92 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added 4-formyl-N, N-dimethyl-benzamide (92.48 mg, 521.92 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (29.76 mg, 260.96 μmol, 19.32 μL, 0.5 eq), and the mixture heated to reflux for 16 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS showed the compound AW-3 was not completely consumed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to a crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , EtOAc:PE=1:0) to give AW-4.

Preparation of Compound 39

To a solution of AW-4 (32 mg, 71.66 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (2 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (60.19 mg, 716.55 μmol, 27.87 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (40.46 mg, 358.28 μmol, 28.50 μL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was filtered, concentrated to give a crude product, and the crude product purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 45%-75%, 7.8 min) to give Compound 39. LC-MS (m/z):523.0 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ=7.65-7.20 (m, 6H), 7.09-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.46-6.38 (m, 1H), 5.64-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.51 (brs, 1H), 4.24 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 1.35-0.75 (m, 12H).

To a solution of AX-1 (200 mg, 864.70 μmol, 1 eq) and 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (107.32 mg, 864.70 μmol, 90.95 μL, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) was added TFA (49.30 mg, 432.35 μmol, 32.01 μL, 0.5 eq) at 20° C., and the solution stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. TLC (quenched with DCM and water, eluting with: PE/EtOAc=0/1) indicated that the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturate sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.

Preparation of Compound 40a

To a solution of AX-2 (140 mg, 414.95 μmol, 1 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (46.87 mg, 414.95 μmol, 33.00 μL, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added TEA (83.98 mg, 829.90 μmol, 115.51 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. to 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=0/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (10 mL), washed with saturate sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, 0% to 40% EtOAc in petroleum ether). The product was not pure and it was combined and purified by preparative HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 36%-66%, 9.5 min) to give Compound 40a. LC-MS (m/z): 413.9[M] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.01-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.99-3.97 (m, 2H), 6.58-6.08 (m, 1H), 5.76- 5.03 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.45 (m, 5H), 2.14-2.03 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound AY-2

To a solution of AB-2 (1 g, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added DMF (38.00 mg, 519.88 μmol, 0.04 mL, 7.81e-2 eq) and (COCl) 2 (1.27 g, 9.99 mmol, 874.59 μL, 1.5 eq) and stirred at 0-10° C. for 3 h to give a white mixture. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, SiO 2 ) showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give 4-formylbenzoyl chloride.

To a solution of piperidin-4-ol (672 mg, 6.64 mmol, 4.98e-1 eq) in dioxane (10 mL) was added NaHCO 3 aq. (4.32 g, 2 mL), followed by 4-formylbenzoyl chloride (2.25 g crude) in DCM (5 mL) added dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 20° C. for 4 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (Ethyl acetate=100%, SiO 2 ) showed that the reaction was completed and quenched with MeOH. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 3/5) to give AY-2.

To a solution of AY-2 (100 mg, 428.70 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (6 mL) were added AP-3 (99.16 mg, 428.70 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (24.44 mg, 214.35 μmol, 15.87 μL, 0.5 eq), and the mixture stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (Ethyl acetate: Methanol=20:1) to give a crude product 1 and 2. The crude product 1 and 2 was combined together then purified by preparative HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 4%-34%, 9.5 min) to give AY-3 and the corresponding cis-isomer.

Preparation of Compound 45

To a solution of AY-3 (33 mg, 73.90 μmol, 1 eq, trans-) in CHCl 3 (6 mL) was added saturated NaHCO 3 (5 mL), followed by a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (41.73 mg, 369.51 μmol, 29.39 μL, 5 eq) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that some desired product was formed. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed with DCM (10 mL×3). The filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 30%-60%, 6.5 min) to give Compound 45. LC-MS (m/z): 523.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.07 (s, 1H), 1.43-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.80-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.88 (br s, 4H), 3.13-3.37 (m, 7H), 3.60-4.18 (m, 5H), 5.77 (br s, 1H), 6.40 (br s, 1H), 7.05 (br s, 3H), 7.37-7.46 (m, 6H), 8.37 (br s, 1H).

To a solution of AP-3 (200 mg, 864.70 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added pyridine-4-carbaldehyde (92.62 mg, 864.70 μmol, 81.24 μL, 1 eq) and TFA (49.30 mg, 432.35 μmol, 32.01 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 64 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 and then extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to prepare a crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (SiO 2 , EtOAc:MeOH=10:1) to give AZ-2.

Preparation of Compound 50

To a solution of AZ-2 (34 mg, 106.12 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (1 mL) were added TEA (53.69 mg, 530.61 μmol, 73.85 μL, 5 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (59.93 mg, 530.61 μmol, 42.20 μL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. A solution of Sat. NaHCO 3 (10 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: YMC-Actus Pro C18 150×30 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 8%-38%, 11 min) to give Compound 50. LC-MS (m/z):397.0 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d 4 ) δ=8.64 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (brs, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.73 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.58-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H).

Compound BA-1 (Ig, 8.53 mmol, 1.15 mL, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was mixed with TBSC1 (1.93 g, 12.80 mmol, 1.57 mL, 1.5 eq) and imidazole (1.16 g, 17.07 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 18 h to a muddy mixture. TLC (eluting with: DCM/MeOH=20/1) showed that the reaction was completed. Water (100 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with EA (30 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, washed with water (30 mL×4), and the organic phase dried by Na 2 SO 4 . The solvent was evaporated to dryness to afford BA-2.

Compound BB-1 (622.71 mg, 4.15 mmol, 1.2 eq) was prepared in DCM (6 mL), oxalyl dichloride (658.08 mg, 5.18 mmol, 453.85 μL, 1.5 eq) and DMF (27.29 mg, 373.30 μmol, 28.72 μL, 1.08e-1 eq) at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h and then stirred at 50° C. for 5 h to afford a colorless mixture. The mixture was evaporated to dryness, the resulting residue suspended in DCM (4 mL) followed by the addition of TEA (699.52 mg, 6.91 mmol, 962.21 μL, 2 eq) and BA-2 (800 mg, 3.46 mmol, 1 eq), and allowed to react at 25° C. for 16 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: PE:EA=5:1) showed that the reaction was completed. H 2 O (80 mL) was added to the mixture, which was then extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to give BA-3.

To a mixture of AP-3 (300 mg, 1.30 mmol, 1 eq) and BA-3 (471.56 mg, 1.30 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (59.16 mg, 518.82 μmol, 38.41 μL, 0.4 eq) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS and HPLC showed that AP-3 was not fully consumed. As such, BA-3 (50 mg) was added to the mixture and stirred at 50° C. for 48 h. LC-MS and HPLC showed that the reaction was completed. Saturated NaHCO 3 aq. (30 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (DCM: MeOH=20:1) to afford BA-5. NOE showed that the compound is the trans-isomer.

To the mixture of BA-5 (31.3 mg, 54.26 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (10.98 mg, 108.52 μmol, 15.10 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (9.19 mg, 81.39 μmol, 6.47 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. and stirred for 1 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with EA) showed that the reaction was completed. Water (30 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic phase was dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and evaporated to dryness to afford BA-6.

Compound BA-6 (35.4 mg, 54.18 μmol, 1 eq) was added to TBAF (1 M, 108.37 μL, 2 eq) in THF (1 mL) and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 1 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with EA) showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by preparative TLC (EA) to afford Compound 51. LC-MS (m/z): 539.3 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.61-3.00 (m, 6H), 3.22-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.78-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.68-5.57 (m, 1H), 6.09-6.81 (m, 1H), 6.92-7.64 (m, 9H), 9.06 (br s, 1H).

A similar scheme was used to synthesize Compound 52: LC-MS (m/z): 575.1 [M+Na] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.52 (s, 9H), 2.87 (br s, 3H), 3.15 (s, 2H), 3.24-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.35 (br d, J=5.52 Hz, 1H), 3.41-3.50 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.21 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.44 (m, 11H), 7.51 (br d, J=9.03 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.14 (m, 1H).

To a mixture of BB-1 (2 g, 13.32 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM were added oxalyl dichloride (2.03 g, 15.99 mmol, 1.40 mL, 1.2 eq) and DMF (23.75 mg, 324.92 μmol, 25.00 μL, 2.44e-2 eq), and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h. The mixture was further stirred at 45° C. for 5 h to afford a brown mixture. The mixture was evaporated to dryness to afford BB-2.

To a mixture of BB-2 (300 mg, 1.78 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM, were added TEA (270.12 mg, 2.67 mmol, 371.55 μL, 1.5 eq) and BB-3 (358.24 mg, 1.78 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 18 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (PE: EA=1:2) showed that the reaction was completed. Saturated NaHCO 3 aqueous 40 mL was added, and the mixture extracted with DCM (15 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, washed with Na 2 CO 3 (aq.) (15 mL×3), and the organic phase dried by Na 2 SO 4 . The mixture was evaporated to dryness to afford BB-4.

To a mixture of AP-3 (65 mg, 281.03 μmol, 1 eq) and BB-4 (93.70 mg, 281.03 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added TFA (12.82 mg, 112.41 μmol, 8.32 μL, 0.4 eq), and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 18 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (EA) showed that the reaction was completed. H 2 O (20 mL) was added to the mixture, and the aqueous phase extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried by Na 2 SO 4 . The mixture was evaporated to dryness. The product was purified by preparative TLC (EA) to afford BB-6.

Preparation of Compound 54

To a mixture of BB-6 (10 mg, 18.29 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (3.70 mg, 36.58 μmol, 5.09 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (3.10 mg, 27.44 μmol, 2.18 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C., and the mixture stirred for 4 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (EA) showed that the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by preparative TLC (PE: EA=2:1) to afford Compound 54. LC-MS (m/z): 623.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.24 (br s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.18-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.99 (m, 5H), 3.06-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.73-4.15 (m, 2H), 5.11-5.58 (m, 1H), 6.27 (br s, 1H), 6.81-7.56 (m, 11H), 8.32 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BC-1 (200 mg, 622.30 μmol, 1 eq) and HATU (354.93 mg, 933.45 μmol, 1.5 eq) in DMF (4 mL) was added dropwise DIEA (201.07 mg, 1.56 mmol, 270.98 μL, 2.5 eq) at 0° C., and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. N-methyl methanamine (76.12 mg, 933.45 μmol, 85.53 μL, 1.5 eq, HCl salt) was added and the mixture stirred at 0° C. to give a dark red solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between with water (30 mL) and EtOAc (40 mL), and the aqueous layers extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×2). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=10/1-5/1) to afford BC-2.

Compound BC-2 (200 mg, 573.95 μmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/EtOAc (5 mL) and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 4 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=0/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: EA/MeOH=10/1-5/1) to afford BC-3.

To a solution of BC-3 (98 mg, 394.62 μmol, 1 eq) and 4-formyl-N, N-dimethyl-benzamide (104.89 mg, 591.92 μmol, 1.5 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added TFA (45.00 mg, 394.61 μmol, 29.22 μL, 1 eq), and the reaction mixture stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=20/1) showed that the reaction was completed. Following quenching with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL), the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and then concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: ethyl acetate/methanol=1:0-5:1) to afford BC-4.

Preparation of Compound 55

To a solution of BC-4 (62.00 mg, 152.14 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (30.79 mg, 304.27 μmol, 42.35 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added dropwise 2-chloroacetyl chloride (34.37 mg, 304.27 μmol, 24.20 μL, 2 eq), and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 16 h. TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=10/1) showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL), and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and then concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)−ACN]; B %: 30%-60%, 9.5 min) to afford Compound 55 and Compound 55a. LC-MS (m/z): 483.9 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.81-2.89 (m, 3H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (s, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H).

To a solution of AV-1 (0.1 g, 432.35 μmol, 1.1 eq) and BD-2 (86.96 mg, 393.05 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added TFA (44.82 mg, 393.05 μmol, 29.10 μL, 1 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 8 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=10/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (15 mL) and DCM (15 mL), and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution added to adjust the pH to 9. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (15 mL×2), and the organic layers combined and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm×10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 20%-40%, 9.5 min) to give BD-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.73 (d, J=5.27 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (s, 1H), 6.95-7.00 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.09 (m, 3H), 7.26 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.47 (m, 3H), 9.30 (s, 1H), 10.73 (s, 1H).

To a solution BD-3 (60 mg, 138.08 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (27.94 mg, 276.16 μmol, 38.44 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (3 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (23.39 mg, 207.12 μmol, 16.47 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=10/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (15 mL) and DCM (15 mL), the aqueous layers was extracted with DCM (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 53%-53%, 9.5 min) to afford Compound 56. LC-MS (m/z): 533.1 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.43 (s, 9H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.89 (s, 1H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 1H), 4.12 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 5.36-5.63 (m, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.37-7.49 (m, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H).

To a stirred solution of AA-1 (3.04 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq), pyridine (490.00 mg, 6.19 mmol, 0.5 mL, 6.19e-1 eq) and (Boc) 2 O (2.84 g, 13.00 mmol, 2.99 mL, 1.3 eq) in CH 3 CN (15 mL) was added NH 4 HCO 3 (996.10 mg, 12.60 mmol, 1.04 mL, 1.26 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: DCM/MeOH=5/1) and LC-MS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and then H 2 O (60 mL) added. The solution was extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combined organic phase was evaporated to dryness to afford BE-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.42 (s, 9H), 3.07-3.38 (m, 2H), 4.48 (br s, 1H), 5.20 (br s, 1H), 5.51 (br s, 1H), 5.84 (br s, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=1.51 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.75 (m, 1H), 8.31 (br s, 1H).

To a mixture of BE-2 (1.26 g, 4.14 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (8 mL), TFA (6.16 g, 54.02 mmol, 4 mL, 13.04 eq) was added at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: DCM/MeOH=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was evaporated to dryness to afford BE-3.

To a mixture of BE-3 (400.0 mg, 1.97 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-formyl-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide (348.75 mg, 1.97 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (89.76 mg, 787.25 μmol, 58.29 μL, 0.4 eq) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 18 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (EA: MeOH=40:1) showed the reaction was completed. 30 mL saturated NaHCO 3 (aq.) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and the solvent evaporated to dryness to afford the crude product. The product was purified by Prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 2%-32%, 9.5 min) to afford BE-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.90 (br s, 3H), 2.93-3.14 (m, 6H), 4.03-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.17 (m, 1H), 5.99 (br s, 1H), 7.05-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (br s, 1H), 7.87-8.07 (m, 1H), 9.67 (br s, 1H), 10.37 (br s, 1H), 11.12 (s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound 58

To a mixture of BE-4 (12.2 mg, 30.59 μmol, 1 eq, HCl) and TEA (6.19 mg, 61.17 μmol, 8.51 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (3.80 mg, 33.64 mol, 2.68 μL, 1.1 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (EA: MeOH=40:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by Prep-TLC (EA: MeOH=40:1) to afford the product. It was purified by Prep-TLC again to afford Compound 58. LC-MS (m/z): 461.0 [M+Na]+.

Preparation of Compound BF-2

To a solution of (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-N,N-dimethyl-propanamide (200 mg, 864.70 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) were added 4-methylsulfonylbenzaldehyde (159.29 mg, 864.70 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (49.30 mg, 432.35 μmol, 32.01 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with:EtOAc=100%) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (15 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with:EtOAc=100%) to give BF-2.

Preparation of Compound 59

To a solution of BF-2 (40 mg, 100.63 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (2 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (84.54 mg, 1.01 mmol, 39.14 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (34.10 mg, 301.89 μmol, 24.01 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed with DCM (30 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 30%-60%, 9.5 min) to give Compound 59. LC-MS (m/z): 473.9.

To a stirred mixture of BG-1 (200 mg, 521.87 μmol, 1 eq), HATU (297.65 mg, 782.81 μmol, 1.5 eq) and DIEA (202.34 mg, 1.57 mmol, 272.70 μL, 3 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added N-methylmethanamine (63.83 mg, 782.81 μmol, 71.72 μL, 1.5 eq, HCl) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 18 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. H 2 O (25 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and the solvent evaporated to dryness to afford a crude product. The product was purified by a flash column eluting with 20% EA in PE to 50% EA in PE to afford BG-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.42 (s, 9H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, J=6.53 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (q, J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.16 (br s, 1H).

The mixture of BG-2 (200 mg, 487.44 μmol, 1 eq) in HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 2.92 mL, 23.96 eq) was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was evaporated to dryness to afford BG-3. LC-MS (m/z): 309.9 [M+H]+.

To the mixture of BG-3 (85.0 mg, 274.03 μmol, 1 eq, free) and tert-butyl 4-formylbenzoate (56.51 mg, 274.03 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (12.50 mg, 109.61 μmol, 8.12 μL, 0.4 eq) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 18 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS and TLC (PE: EA=1:2) showed the reaction was completed. H 2 O (25 mL) was added and the resulting mixture extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and the solvent evaporated to dryness to afford the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (PE: EA=1:2) to afford BG-4 and the corresponding cis-isomer 61a. BG-4 was the trans-isomer and BG-4a was the cis-isomer according to the comparison of two NMR charts.

BG-4: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 9H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.84-3.05 (m, 5H), 3.85 (dd, J=10.04, 4.77 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H).

BG-4a: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.60 (s, 9H), 2.89-3.08 (m, 5H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 4.17 (dd, J=9.66, 5.40 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.93-8.03 (m, 2H).

Preparation of 61

To a mixture of BG-4 (50.0 mg, 100.32 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (20.30 mg, 200.64 μmol, 27.93 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (17.00 mg, 150.48 μmol, 11.97 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. and the mixture stirred for 2 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS and TLC (PE: EA=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC (PE: EA=2:1) to afford 61. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.55 (s, 9H), 2.86-3.07 (m, 3H), 3.20-3.55 (m, 5H), 3.75 (br s, 1H), 3.84-4.31 (m, 2H), 5.98-6.29 (m, 1H), 6.47 (br s, 1H), 6.78 (br s, 1H), 7.32-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.93 (br d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 9.07 (br s, 1H). LC-MS (m/z): 575.1 [M+H]+.

To a solution of BH-1 (300 mg, 1.76 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added BH 3 -Me 2 S (10 M, 528.91 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a colorless solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1, color developing reagent: I 2 ) showed most of the starting material was consumed. HCl (1 M, 5 mL) was added dropwise until no bubble was produced. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE: EA=10:1-3:1) to give BH-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.00 (s, 6H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H).

To a solution of BH-2 (248 mg, 1.59 mmol, 1 eq) and NaHCO 3 (266.80 mg, 3.18 mmol, 123.52 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (15 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP; 808.20 mg, 1.91 mmol, 589.93 μL, 1.2 eq), and the reaction mixture stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed most of the STM was consumed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=10:1-3:1) to afford BH-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.31 (s, 6H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 9.60 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BH-3 (216 mg, 1.40 mmol, 1 eq) and methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (366.95 mg, 1.68 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (79.88 mg, 700.56 μmol, 51.87 μL, 0.5 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 16 h to give a yellow suspension. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed most of STM was consumed. Saturated sodium bicarbonate was added to adjust pH to 7-8. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2), and the combined organic layers dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 m; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 9%-39%, 9.5 min) to give BH-4a and BH-4.

BH-4: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 2.07-2.29 (m, 6H), 3.05-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.54 (t, J=6.27 Hz, 1H), 4.79-4.90 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H), 10.56-10.88 (m, 1H), 10.99-11.10 (m, 1H).

BH-4a: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 2.14 (dd, J=9.29, 1.25 Hz, 3H), 2.45 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 3H), 3.08-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.54 (s, 1H), 4.83 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.15 (t, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (t, J=8.91 Hz, 2H), 10.22 (s, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 10.86 (s, 1H).

Preparation of 62

To a solution of BH-4 (49 mg, 125.36 μmol, 1 eq, HCl) and Et3N (25.37 mg, 250.73 μmol, 34.90 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added dropwise 2-chloroacetyl chloride (21.24 mg, 188.05 μmol, 14.96 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C., the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed most of STM was consumed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (Dichoromethane/Methanol=10:1)) to afford 62. LC-MS (m/z): 431.3 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.66-1.78 (m, 3.3H), 2.02-2.11 (m, 2.7H), 3.41 (s, 2H), 3.46-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.59 (s, 1H), 3.63 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=13.55 Hz, 0.46H), 4.54 (d, J=13.30 Hz, 0.47H), 4.68 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 0.56H), 5.15 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 0.64H), 6.96-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.07 (q, J=7.19 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J=13.80, 8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=7.40 Hz, 1H), 10.94 (s, 0.38H), 11.08 (s, 0.55H).

Preparation of 62a

To a solution of BH-4a (51.68 mg, 145.83 μmol, 1 eq, HCl) and Et3N (29.51 mg, 291.66 μmol, 40.60 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added dropwise 2-chloroacetyl chloride (24.71 mg, 218.75 μmol, 17.40 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (DCM) to afford 62a. LC-MS (m/z): 431.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.88-2.02 (m, 6H), 2.85-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=13.55 Hz, 0.34H), 4.48 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 0.66H), 4.74 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 0.34H), 4.82 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 0.66H), 4.88 (t, J=7.65 Hz, 0.34H), 5.20 (d, J=5.77 Hz, 0.64H), 5.25 (s, 0.34H), 5.55 (s, 0.66H), 6.96-7.03 (m, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.53 (m, 1H), 10.65 (s, 0.66H), 11.02 (s, 0.34H).

To a mixture of AA-1 (5 g, 19.63 mmol, 1 eq, HCl) and DIEA (8.88 g, 68.70 mmol, 11.97 mL, 3.5 eq) in DCM (20 mL), was added dropwise bromomethylbenzene (7.39 g, 43.19 mmol, 5.13 mL, 2.2 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 48 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and the solvent evaporated to dryness to afford the crude product. The product was purified by flash column (15% EA in PE to 50% EA in PE) to afford BI-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.09 (dd, J=14.31, 5.77 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (dd, J=14.31, 9.29 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.80 (dd, J=9.16, 5.65 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=2.01 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.98 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.37 (m, 10H), 7.91 (br s, 1H).

To a mixture of methyl BI-2 (3.9 g, 9.79 mmol, 1 eq) and DMAP (239.13 mg, 1.96 mmol, 0.2 eq) in CH 3 CN (45 mL) was added Boc 2 O (3.20 g, 14.68 mmol, 3.37 mL, 1.5 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (PE: EA=6:1) showed the reaction was completed. H 2 O (120 mL) was added to the mixture, and the aqueous phase extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The combined organic phases was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford BI-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.66 (s, 9H), 2.93-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.27 (dd, J=14.43, 8.41 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.53 (d, J=13.80 Hz, 2H), 3.69-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.99 (d, J=13.55 Hz, 2H), 6.95-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.36 (m, 12H), 8.02-8.29 (m, 1H).

To a mixture of BI-3 (1.7 g, 3.41 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (15 mL) was added in portions LiBH 4 (222.81 mg, 10.23 mmol, 3 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (PE: EA=6:1) showed BI-3 some remained, and thus the reaction was further stirred at 25° C. for 5 h. Sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL) was added to the mixture and then the mixture extracted with EA (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and the solvent evaporated to dryness to afford the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column eluting with 5% EA in PE to 10% EA in PE to afford BI-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.70 (s, 9H), 2.63 (dd, J=14.18, 9.91 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (br s, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=14.31, 3.76 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J=10.79, 4.52 Hz, 1H), 3.52-3.67 (m, 3H), 4.01 (d, J=13.30 Hz, 2H), 7.11-7.48 (m, 14H), 8.13 (br s, 1H).

To a mixture of BI-4 (2.6 g, 5.52 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (331.46 mg, 8.29 mmol, 60% purity, 1.5 eq) and CH 3 I (1.57 g, 11.05 mmol, 687.89 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0° C., and then NaH (331.46 mg, 8.29 mmol, 60% purity, 1.5 eq) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for additional 2 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS and TLC (PE: EA=15:1) showed the reaction was completed. H 2 O (150 mL) was added to the mixture, and the aqueous phase extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL×4). The combined organic phases were dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column eluting with 5% EA in PE to 10% EA in PE to afford BI-5. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9H), 2.90 (br dd, J=14.68, 9.16 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (br dd, J=14.68, 5.14 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.76-3.88 (m, 4H), 4.08-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.29 (dd, J=11.29, 7.03 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.98 (br t, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.50 (m, 13H).

A mixture of BI-5 (586.2 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1 eq) and Pd(OH) 2 (254.80 mg, 362.88 μmol, 20% purity, 0.3 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) under H 2 (15 psi) was stirred at 25° C. for 18 h to afford a black mixture. LC-MS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was filtered and the filtrate evaporated to dryness to afford the crude product. The product was purified by flash column eluting with 10% MeOH in DCM to pure MeOH to afford BI-6. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.46-1.53 (m, 9H), 2.68-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=14.31, 5.52 Hz, 1H), 3.39-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.94 (dd, J=10.42, 7.40 Hz, 1H), 4.06-4.21 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.96 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.23 (td, J=7.65, 1.00 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.66 (m, 1H).

BI-6 (300 mg, 985.60 μmol, 1 eq) in HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 4 mL, 16.23 eq) was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h to afford a white mixture. LC-MS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was evaporated to dryness, and Sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL) aq. was added to the mixture. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic phases were dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford BI-7. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.63 (br dd, J=14.18, 8.16 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (br d, J=12.30 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (br d, J=5.27 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 6.75-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H).

To a mixture of BI-7 (170.0 mg, 832.24 μmol, 1 eq) and tert-butyl 4-formylbenzoate (171.64 mg, 832.24 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (37.96 mg, 332.90 μmol, 24.65 μL, 0.4 eq) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 42 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS and TLC (PE: EA=1:2) showed the reaction was completed. Sat. NaHCO 3 aq. (50 mL) was added to the mixture, and the aqueous phase extracted with DCM (15 mL×3). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford the crude product. The product was purified by perp-TLC (EA: PE=2:1) to afford BI-8 and BI-8a. NOE showed that BI-8a was the cis-isomer. BI-8: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.58 (s, 9H), 2.47-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=15.56, 4.27 Hz, 1H), 2.95-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.52 (dd, J=10.54, 8.53 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J=10.67, 3.64 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.56 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H). BI-8a: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.59 (s, 9H), 2.55-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.92 (m, 1H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.61 (dd, J=10.79, 8.28 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (dd, J=10.79, 3.76 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=3.76 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of Compound 63

To a mixture of BI-8 (40.0 mg, 101.91 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (20.63 mg, 203.83 μmol, 28.37 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (17.27 mg, 152.87 μmol, 12.16 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS and TLC (PE: EA=3:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by perp-TLC (PE: EA=3:1) to afford 63. 1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ ppm 1.48 (s, 9H), 2.62-3.84 (m, 7H), 3.98-4.74 (m, 3H), 6.07 (br s, 1H), 6.99-7.41 (m, 6H), 7.45-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.84 (br s, 2H). LC-MS (m/z): 469.1 [M+H]+.

To a solution of BJ-1 (500 mg, 2.63 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added tert-butyl 4-formylbenzoate (542.04 mg, 2.63 mmol, 1 eq) and TFA (149.84 mg, 1.31 mmol, 97.30 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was heated to 25° C. for 64 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 , and the mixture extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 2:3) to give BJ-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.99 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.08 (m, 3H), 5.27 (s, 1H), 4.12 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J=3.5, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (dd, J=8.4, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 3.41-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.60 (s, 9H).

Preparation of 63

To a solution of BJ-2 (53 mg, 140.04 μmol, 1 eq) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) were added TEA (117.64 mg, 1.16 mmol, 161.82 μL, 8.30 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (79.08 mg, 700.20 μmol, 55.69 μL, 5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS showed no desired MS was found. Saturated NaHCO 3 aq. (10 mL) and THF (5 mL) were added and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 24 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. Brine was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over NaSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 55%-85%, 7.8 min) to give 63. LC-MS (m/z): 477.0 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.94 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 3H), 7.54 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 5.40-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.53 (br s, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.28 (s, 1H), 3.61-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.26 (br dd, J=6.5, 16.6 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (s, 1H), 2.08-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.17 (m, 9H).

Preparation of 64

To a mixture of BI-8 (15.0 mg, 38.22 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (7.73 mg, 76.44 μmol, 10.64 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (6.47 mg, 57.33 μmol, 4.56 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (PE: EA=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC (PE: EA=2:1) to afford 64. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.79 (br d, J=16.31 Hz, 1H), 3.05-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 5H), 4.20 (br d, J=12.30 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (br d, J=12.30 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 5.17-5.82 (m, 1H), 7.12 (br s, 2H), 7.17-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.40 (br s, 2H), 7.49 (br d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H). LC-MS (m/z): 469.0 [M+H]+.

To a solution of AA-2 (292 mg, 1.94 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (4 mL) were added DIEA (502.75 mg, 3.89 mmol, 677.56 μL, 2 eq) and HATU (1.11 g, 2.92 mmol, 1.5 eq). Trimethylsilylmethanamine (200.79 mg, 1.94 mmol, 1 eq) was added, and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: EtOAc=100%, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (40 mL) and extracted with MTBE (25 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 1:1) to give BL-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.15 (s, 9H), 2.99-3.00 (d, J=5.77 Hz, 2H), 6.00 (br s, 1H), 7.87-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.97 (m, 2H), 10.08 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BL-2 (100 mg, 424.89 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (6 mL) were added AP-3 (98.27 mg, 424.89 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (24.22 mg, 212.45 μmol, 15.73 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Ethyl acetate: Methanol=10:1) to give BL-3 and BL-3a.

BL-3: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.12 (s, 9H), 1.24-1.26 (m, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.92-3.02 (m, 7H), 3.84-3.88 (dd, J=10.04, 5.02 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (br s, 1H), 7.13-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.55-7.57 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.66 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (s, 1H).

BL-3a: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.13-0.15 (s, 9H), 1.25-1.28 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.97 (d, J=5.77 Hz, 2H), 3.00-3.02 (m, 5H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 4.16-4.20 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 5.97-6.00 (br t, J=5.52 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.40 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.54 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.71 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 66

To a solution of BL-3 (36 mg, 80.24 μmol, 1 eq, trans) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (67.41 mg, 802.44 μmol, 31.21 μL, 10 eq). Then a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (45.32 mg, 401.22 μmol, 31.91 μL, 5 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture stirred at 25° for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to give the crude residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give 66. LC-MS (m/z): 525.1 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.06 (m, 1H), 0.07-0.11 (s, 9H), 1.26-1.30 (m, 3H), 2.81-2.94 (m, 7H), 3.12 (br s, 1H), 3.37-3.44 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 1H), 5.89 (br s, 1H), 7.07 (br s, 2H), 7.46 (br s, 3H), 7.68 (br s, 2H), 8.04 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of 66a

To a solution of BL-3a (172 mg, 383.39 μmol, 1 eq, cis in CHCl 3 (5 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (322.07 mg, 3.83 mmol, 149.11 μL, 10 eq). Then a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (216.51 mg, 1.92 mmol, 152.47 μL, 5 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture stirred at 25° for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The solution was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give 66a. LC-MS (m/z): 525.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 ppm 0.09-0.13 (m, 9H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.94-3.01 (d, J=5.77 Hz, 2H), 3.12-3.18 (dd, J=15.69, 6.15 Hz, 1H), 3.34-3.38 (br, 1H), 4.20-4.33 (m, 2H), 5.44 (br s, 1H), 6.05-6.08 (br, 1H), 6.43 (br, 1H), 7.12-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.30 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.57 (br d, J=7.03 Hz, 3H), 7.64-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound BM-2

To a solution of BM-1 (100 mg, 560.84 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added AP-3 (129.72 mg, 560.84 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (31.97 mg, 280.42 μmol, 20.76 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: EtOAc/Methanol=10/1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Ethyl acetate: Methanol=20:1) to give BM-2 and BM-2a.

BM-2: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.22-0.27 (m, 9H), 2.80-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.94 (m, 6H), 2.97-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.96 (dd, J=9.79, 5.02 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.31 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.47 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.57 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H).

BM-2a: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.25-0.27 (s, 9H), 3.01-3.04 (m, 5H), 3.08-3.17 (s, 3H), 4.19-4.21 (dd, J=9.66, 5.40 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.16 (quind, J=7.00, 7.00, 7.00, 7.00, 1.13 Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.55-7.58 (m, 1H).

Preparation of 67

To a solution of BM-2 (29.3 mg, 74.83 μmol, 1 eq, trans) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (62.86 mg, 748.25 μmol, 29.10 μL, 10 eq). Then a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (42.25 mg, 374.13 μmol, 29.76 μL, 5 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with; Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to give a crude residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give 67. LC-MS (m/z): 468.1 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.07 (s, 1H), 0.23 (s, 9H), 1.25-1.30 (s, 3H), 2.87 (br s, 3H), 3.06 (br s, 2H), 3.35 (br s, 2H), 4.17-4.20 (br d, J=11.04 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 6.29 (br s, 1H), 7.11 (br s, 2H), 7.20 (br s, 1H), 7.33-7.35 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.76 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of 67a

To a solution of BM-2a (64 mg, 163.44 μmol, 1 eq, cis) in CHCl 3 (4 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (137.30 mg, 1.63 mmol, 63.57 μL, 10 eq). Then a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (92.30 mg, 817.20 μmol, 65.00 μL, 5 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with; Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to give a crude residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give 67a. LC-MS (m/z): 468.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.23 (s, 10H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.11 (dd, J=14.81, 6.53 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.46 (br d, J=15.56 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.44 (m, 2H), 5.57 (br s, 1H), 6.36 (br s, 1H), 7.13-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.41 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.60 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BN-1 (3 g, 24.17 mmol, 2.54 mL, 1 eq) in DMSO (12 mL) were added 2-methyl propane-2-thiol (2.40 g, 26.59 mmol, 2.99 mL, 1.1 eq) and K 2 CO 3 (3.34 g, 24.17 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 3 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=10/1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (120 mL) and extracted with MTBE (60 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether=100%) to give BN-1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.34-1.36 (s, 10H), 7.67-7.69 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.81-7.83 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 10.03 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BN-2 (500 mg, 2.57 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added MCPBA (1.15 g, 5.66 mmol, 39.96 μL, 85% purity, 2.2 eq). The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 12 h to give a white solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (10 ml) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether=100%) to give BN-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.37 (s, 9H), 8.07 (s, 4H), 10.15 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BN-3 (320 mg, 1.41 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) were added AP-3 (327.07 mg, 1.41 mmol, 1 eq) and TFA (80.62 mg, 707.05 μmol, 52.35 μL, 0.5 eq). LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (30 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product (604 mg). The product was purified by prep-TLC (Ethyl acetate=100%) to give BN-4 and BN-4a.

BN-4: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.29-1.36 (m, 9H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.92-3.04 (m, 5H), 3.79-3.83 (dd, J=9.54, 5.52 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.44 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.57 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.77 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (s, 1H).

BN-4a: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.22-1.28 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 2.78-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.09 (m, 4H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.69-3.74 (q, J=7.11 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.21 (m, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.21 (dt, J=19.51, 7.18 Hz, 2H), 7.28-7.30 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.82-7.84 (m, 3H), 7.95-7.96 (m, 1H).

Preparation of 68

To a solution of BN-4 (50 mg, 113.75 μmol, 1 eq, trans) in CHCl 3 (8 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (95.56 mg, 1.14 mmol, 44.24 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (38.54 mg, 341.24 μmol, 27.14 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give 68. LC-MS (m/z): 516.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.18-1.30 (m, 9H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 3.11 (br s, 3H), 3.29-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.77-4.09 (m, 2H), 5.28 (br s, 1H), 5.81 (br s, 1H), 6.53-6.66 (m, 1H), 6.90 (br s, 1H), 7.32 (br s, 1H), 7.45-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.71 (br s, 1H), 8.52-8.84 (m, 1H).

A mixture of BO-1 (1 g, 5.29 mmol, 1 eq), BO-2 (1.02 g, 6.88 mmol, 737.17 μL, 1.3 eq) and K 2 CO 3 (1.10 g, 7.93 mmol, 1.5 eq) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL), and the reaction mixture stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. TLC (eluting with: PE) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (10 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE) to give BO-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.49-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.03 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

To a solution of BO-3 (2.44 g, 9.49 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (30 mL) was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.5 M, 4.55 mL, 1.2 eq) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h. DMF (1.04 g, 14.23 mmol, 1.09 mL, 1.5 eq) was then added dropwise, and the reaction mixture allowed to rise to 25° C. in 5 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. MeOH (2 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE) to give BO-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.61-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.25 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.82 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 9.91 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BO-4 (1.54 g, 7.46 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL), was added MCPBA (2.83 g, 16.42 mmol, 2.2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a colorless solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. Na 2 SO 3 solution (15 mL) was added to quench the reaction, and the reaction mixture partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2), and the combined organic layers dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/MeOH=10/1-3/1) to give BO-5. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.59-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.12 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.57 (m, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=2.01 Hz, 4H), 10.13 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BO-5 (320.29 mg, 1.38 mmol, 1.1 eq) and AP-3 (300 mg, 1.26 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL), was added TFA (71.77 mg, 629.45 μmol, 46.61 μL, 0.5 eq), and the reaction mixture stirred at 45° C. for 16 h to give a suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: EtOAc/MeOH=20/1) showed the reaction was completed. Saturated sodium bicarbonate was added to adjust the pH to 7-8. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2), and the combined organic layers dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by Prep-TLC (EtOAc/MeOH=50/1) to give BO-6. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.48-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.87 (m, 4H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.74-2.90 (m, 4H), 3.23 (dd, J=11.92, 5.65 Hz, 1H), 3.63-3.80 (m, 2H), 5.32 (d, J=5.27 Hz, 1H), 6.96-7.03 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.84 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 10.86 (s, 1H).

Preparation of 69

To a solution of BO-6 (132 mg, 292.31 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (59.16 mg, 584.61 μmol, 81.37 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (8 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (49.52 mg, 438.46 mol, 34.87 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: EA) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by Prep-TLC (DCM/MeOH=10/1) to afford 69. LC-MS (m/z): 528.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.48-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.88 (m, 4H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 2H), 3.39 (s, 1H), 3.67-3.77 (m, 1H), 4.67 (d, J=14.31 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 1H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 6.15-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.93-6.99 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.86 (m, 4H), 10.99 (s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound BP-3

The mixture of BP-1 (248.22 mg, 2 mmol, 210.36 μL, 1 eq) and BP-2 (281.88 mg, 2.20 mmol, 1.1 eq) in DMSO (15 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 48 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. H 2 O (100 mL) was added, and the aqueous phase extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×4). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (40 mL), dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and then concentrated in vacuum to afford BP-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.02-1.24 (m, 4H), 2.88-3.01 (m, 1H), 8.07-8.26 (m, 4H), 10.14 (s, 1H).

To a mixture of AP-3 (300 mg, 1.30 mmol, 1 eq) and BP-3 (272.71 mg, 1.30 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added TFA (59.16 mg, 518.82 μmol, 38.41 μL, 0.4 eq) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 18 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. H 2 O (60 mL) was added, and the aqueous phase extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (EA: MeOH=50:1) to afford BP-4 and BP-4a.

BP-4: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.96-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.37 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.91-3.03 (m, 5H), 3.85 (t, J=7.40 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=7.40 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (s, 1H).

BP-4a: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.95-1.12 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.39 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.08 (m, 5H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 4.19 (dd, J=9.91, 5.14 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (br s, 1H), 7.09-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.42-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.88 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 70

To a mixture of BP-4 (140.5 mg, 331.74 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (67.14 mg, 663.48 μmol, 92.35 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (56.20 mg, 497.61 μmol, 39.58 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (PE: EA=0:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by perp-TLC (EA) to afford 70. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.99 (br d, J=6.53 Hz, 2H), 1.19-1.38 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.92 (br s, 3H), 3.02-4.61 (m, 7H), 5.18-6.17 (m, 1H), 6.34-7.16 (m, 4H), 7.30-8.01 (m, 5H), 8.48-9.26 (m, 1H). LC-MS (m/z): 500.0 [M+H]+.

To a solution of AP-3 (141.75 mg, 612.85 μmol, 1 eq) and N-(4-formylphenyl) acetamide (100 mg, 612.85 μmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (3 mL) was added TFA (34.94 mg, 306.42 μmol, 22.69 μL, 0.5 eq) at 20° C. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: EA/MeOH=20/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was distilled (40° C.) to give BQ-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.91 (s, 4H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 3.51 (br dd, J=15.81, 5.02 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (br s, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2H), 9.49 (br s, 1H), 10.10-10.27 (m, 2H).

Preparation of 71 and 71a

To a solution of BQ-2 (30 mg, 79.69 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (12.10 mg, 119.54 μmol, 16.64 μL, 1.5 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (13.50 mg, 119.54 μmol, 9.51 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C., and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a red solution. LCMS and (eluting with: PE/EA=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with water (10 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The reaction was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 20%-50%, 9.5 min) to give 71a and 71. LC-MS (m/z): 453.0[M]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.46-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.78-3.12 (m, 5H), 3.33 (br s, 2H), 4.15 (br d, J=13.80 Hz, 1H), 5.48-6.34 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.54 (m, 6H), 8.14 (br s, 1H).

To a solution of BR-1 (200 mg, 916.38 μmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) were added SOCl 2 (109.02 mg, 916.38 μmol, 66.48 μL, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL), and the mixture stirred at 30° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was evaporated (40° C.) to give BR-2.

To a solution of BR-2 (100 mg, 430.52 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (70.67 mg, 430.52 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (24.54 mg, 215.26 μmol, 15.94 μL, 0.5 eq) at 20° C.

The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a red solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with water (20 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give BR-3 and BR-3a. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.99 (dd, J=15.06, 10.29 Hz, 1H), 3.20-3.34 (m, 4H), 3.67-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 4.05-4.17 (m, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 72

To a solution of BR-3 (90 mg, 237.83 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (36.10 mg, 356.75 μmol, 49.65 μL, 1.5 eq) in DCM (3 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (40.29 mg, 356.75 μmol, 28.37 μL, 1.5 eq) at 30° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 55%-85%, 6.5 min) to give 72. LC-MS (m/z): 455.3[M]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.40-3.70 (m, 7H), 3.88 (br s, 3H), 4.05 (br s, 1H), 5.15 (br s, 1H), 6.27 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (br s, 2H).

Preparation of 73

To a solution of BR-3a (60.00 mg, 158.55 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (24.07 mg, 237.83 μmol, 33.10 μL, 1.5 eq) in DCM (3 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (26.86 mg, 237.83 μmol, 18.92 μL, 1.5 eq) at 30° C., and the mixture stirred for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC to give 73. LC-MS (m/z): 455.4[M]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.92 (s, 3H), 3.30 (s, 4H), 3.73 (br d, J=16.06 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.24 (d, J=12.55 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J=12.55 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (br d, J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.33 (m, 4H), 7.63 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

To a solution of AB-2 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) were added Cs 2 CO 3 (3.26 g, 9.99 mmol, 3 eq) and 3-bromoprop-1-ene (805.80 mg, 6.66 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred and heated to 80° C. for 16 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (PE:EtOAc=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with MTBE (10 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 10/1) to give BS-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.11 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.00-7.85 (m, 2H), 6.15-5.93 (m, 1H), 5.53-5.18 (m, 3H), 4.96-4.74 (m, 3H).

To a solution of AA-1 (100 mg, 458.19 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added BS-2 (87.14 mg, 458.19 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (26.12 mg, 229.09 μmol, 16.96 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed AA-1 was remained. The mixture was heated to 40° C. for 24 h to give a brown solution. TLC (eluting: PE:EtOAc=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and exacted with DCM (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and the crude product concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EtOAc=2:1) to give two products, one of which was BS-4a, and the other of which was BS-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.07 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.44-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.32-5.81 (m, 1H), 5.46-5.35 (m, 1H), 5.52-5.25 (m, 1H), 5.09-4.70 (m, 2H), 3.99 (dd, J=4.3, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 3.87-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.94 (m, 1H).

Preparation of 74

To a solution of BS-4 (43 mg, 110.13 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) were added TEA (111.45 mg, 1.10 mmol, 153.29 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (62.19 mg, 550.67 μmol, 43.80 μL, 5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EtOAc=2:1) to give 74. LC-MS (m/z): 489.0[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.12-7.93 (m, 1H), 8.17-7.92 (m, 1H), 7.99 (br s, 1H), 7.85-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.05 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.05 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.07-5.91 (m, 1H), 5.99 (dt, J=4.8, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (br d, J=18.1 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (br d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (br s, 2H), 4.22-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.46 (br s, 1H), 3.74-3.16 (m, 3H).

To a solution of AB-2 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) were added Cs 2 CO 3 (3.26 g, 9.99 mmol, 3 eq) and bromomethylcyclopropane (1.12 g, 8.33 mmol, 797.19 μL, 2.5 eq). The mixture was heated to 80° C. for 16 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (PE:EtOAc=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL) and then extracted with MTBE (10 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0) to give BT-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.11 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.22-4.10 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.69-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.45-0.20 (m, 2H).

To a solution of BT-2 (100 mg, 489.67 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (106.87 mg, 489.67 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (27.92 mg, 244.83 μmol, 18.13 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 , and then extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers was dried over Na 2 SO 4 and the crude product concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EtOAc=2:1) to give two products, one of which was BT-4, and the other of which was the cis-isomer. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.04 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 2H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 4.18-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.17 (ddd, J=1.3, 6.4, 15.4 Hz, 1H), 2.05 (s, 1H), 0.65-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.34 (m, 2H).

Preparation of 75

To a solution of BT-4 (15 mg, 37.09 μmol, 1 eq) in CH 3 C1 (2 mL) were added TEA (37.53 mg, 370.87 μmol, 51.62 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (20.94 mg, 185.43 μmol, 14.75 μL, 5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EtOAc=2:1) to give 75. LC-MS (m/z): 481.1[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.11-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.73 (br s, 1H), 7.57-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.11 (br s, 1H), 5.27 (br s, 1H), 4.19-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.09-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 1.33-1.15 (m, 1H), 0.59 (br d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 0.34 (br d, J=4.0 Hz, 2H).

To a solution of BU-1 (5 g, 14.78 mmol, 1 eq) and HOSu (2.04 g, 17.74 mmol, 1.2 eq) in THF (50 mL) was added DCC (3.35 g, 16.26 mmol, 3.29 mL, 1.1 eq) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at this temperature for about 1 h. The precipitated DCU was filtered and washed with THF (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was cooled to ice temperature and a solution of sodium NaBH 4 (1.12 g, 29.56 mmol, 2 eq) in water (10 mL) was added in one portion, which leads to the vigorous evolution of gas. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. 0.5N HCl (15 mL) was added to quench NaBH 4 . The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with 5% Na 2 CO 3 (3×20 mL), washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=10/1-1/1) to give BU-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.99 (d, J=6.53 Hz, 3H), 3.54-3.70 (m, 2H), 4.03 (s, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 5.26 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.10 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J=7.40 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 6H), 7.65 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BU-2 (2 g, 6.17 mmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (1.25 g, 12.33 mmol, 1.72 mL, 2 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added TosCl (1.41 g, 7.40 mmol, 1.2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a colorless solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers was dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM/EtOAc=10/1-5/1) to give BU-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.94-3.12 (m, 2H), 4.02 (d, J=3.76 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (d, J=4.77 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (d, J=9.03 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.38 (m, 8H), 7.60 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BU-3 (1.06 g, 2.21 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (15 mL) was added Pd(OH) 2 (93.32 mg, 664.49 μmol, 0.3 eq) at 25° C. under H 2 (15 Psi) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated. The product was partitioned between EtOAc (15 mL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate (15 mL), and the aqueous layers extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/MeOH=1/0-3/1) to give BU-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.59 (dd, J=14.05, 8.28 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=14.18, 4.89 Hz, 1H), 3.14-3.29 (m, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BU-4 (200 mg, 1.15 mmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (226.11 mg, 1.38 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (65.44 mg, 573.91 μmol, 42.49 μL, 0.5 eq) at 40° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=10/1-1/1) to afford methyl BU-5a and BU-5.

BU-5: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.14 (d, J=6.27 Hz, 3H), 2.32-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=15.18, 4.14 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (s, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 5.26 (s, 1H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 10.77 (s, 1H).

BU-5a: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.26 (d, J=6.02 Hz, 3H), 2.38-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.80 (m, 1H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 5.25 (s, 1H), 6.85-7.03 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 10.23 (s, 1H).

Preparation of 77

To a solution of BU-5 (22 mg, 68.67 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (20.85 mg, 206.00 μmol, 28.67 μL, 3 eq) dissolved in DCM (10 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (11.63 mg, 103.00 μmol, 8.19 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a colorless solution. TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was then purified by Prep-TLC (DCM/MeOH=10/1) to afford 77. LC-MS (m/z): 397.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.15 (d, J=6.27 Hz, 3H), 2.92 (d, J=14.31 Hz, 1H), 3.16-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 6.94-6.99 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 11.02 (s, 1H).

Preparation of 77a

To a solution of BU-5a (69 mg, 215.37 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (65.38 mg, 646.10 μmol, 89.93 μL, 3 eq) dissolved in DCM (10 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (36.49 mg, 323.05 μmol, 25.69 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a colorless solution. TLC (eluting with: EA/MeOH=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by Prep-TLC (DCM/MeOH=10/1) to afford 77a. LC-MS (m/z): 397.4 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 0.91 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 2.73 (d, J=15.81 Hz, 1H), 3.13-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.55-4.76 (m, 3H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=7.78, 2.76 Hz, 3H), 7.94 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2H), 11.16 (s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound BV-2

To a solution of BV-1 (200 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) were added methyl 4-formylbenzoate (204.92 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 eq) and TFA (71.17 mg, 624.16 μmol, 46.21 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a brown solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give BV-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 ppm 2.82-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.39 (dt, J=12.36, 4.74 Hz, 1H), 3.90-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 5.23 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.18 (qd, J=7.15, 5.65 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.41 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.95-8.02 (m, 3H), 8.20-8.22 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 10.10 (s, 1H).

Preparation of 78

To a solution of BV-2 (150.00 mg, 489.62 μmol, 1 eq, crude) in CHCl 3 (10 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (411.33 mg, 4.90 mmol, 190.43 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (165.90 mg, 1.47 mmol, 116.83 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed with DCM (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give 78. LC-MS (m/z): 382.9 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.94-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.541 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.94 (s, 3H), 3.94-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.23 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.42 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.57 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.96-7.98 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

To a solution of AA-1 (10 g, 39.26 mmol, 1 eq, HCl) in DCM (100 mL) were added DIEA (17.76 g, 137.41 mmol, 23.93 mL, 3.5 eq) and BnBr (14.77 g, 86.37 mmol, 10.26 mL, 2.2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed desired mass was found but that AA-1 remained. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 14 h, and then stirred at 30° C. for an additional 12 h. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 30%) to give BI-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 7H), 7.26-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.92-6.91 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.58-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.12 (m, 1H).

To a solution of BI-2 (12 g, 30.11 mmol, 1 eq) in CH3CN (100 mL) were added DMAP (367.89 mg, 3.01 mmol, 0.1 eq) and Boc 2 O (9.86 g, 45.17 mmol, 10.38 mL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was allowed to stir 15° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 20%) to give BI-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.13 (brs, 1H), 7.47-7.25 (m, 12H), 7.06-7.04 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.77 (m, 4H), 3.57-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.02 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 9H).

To a solution of BI-3 (10 g, 20.06 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (100 mL) was added LiBH 4 (1.31 g, 60.17 mmol, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 15° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed desired mass was found, and that BI-3-remained. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (80 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 20%) to give BI-4 and BI-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.13 (brs, 1H), 7.41-7.31 (m, 11H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 3H), 4.02-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.63-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.48-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.16 (brs, 1H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 9H).

To a solution of BI-4 (1.5 g, 3.19 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added DAST (1.54 g, 9.56 mmol, 1.26 mL, 3 eq) at −78° C. The mixture was allowed to stir 15° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed that the desired mass was found, and BI-4 remained. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (80 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 20%) to give BW-5. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.04 (brs, 1H), 7.35-7.16 (m, 14H), 4.93-4.39 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.60 (m, 4H), 2.92-2.70 (m, 4H), 1.56 (s, 9H).

To a solution of BW-5 (1.2 g, 2.54 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (30 mL) was added Pd(OH) 2 (100.00 mg, 7.12 μmol, 1% purity) under N 2 . The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2 (15 psi) at 15° C. for 1.5 h to give a black suspension. LCMS showed that the desired mass was found, and BW-5 remained. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 12 h again. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered on celite and washed with MeOH (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give BW-6. The BW-6 was used for the next step without purification.

BW-6 (742 mg, 2.54 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/dioxane (4 M, 30 mL, 47.28 eq). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 0.5 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give a residue, which was then adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 . The water layer was concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was dissolved in DCM/EtOH (30 mL, 5/1), the mixture filtered and washed with DCM (30 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give BW-7 which was used in the next step without further purification.

To a solution of BW-7 (100 mg, 520.20 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) were added methyl 4-formylbenzoate (85.40 mg, 520.20 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (29.66 mg, 260.10 μmol, 19.26 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (15 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) to give two products, BW-8 and the corresponding cis isomer. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.94-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.02 (m, 2H), 5.24 (s, 1H), 4.50-4.35 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.36 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.58 (m, 1H).

Preparation of 79

To a solution of BW-8 (45 mg, 132.99 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (111.72 mg, 1.33 mmol, 51.72 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (45.06 mg, 398.97 μmol, 31.73 μL, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) to give 79. LC-MS (m/z): 414.9 [M+H]+. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.91-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.61 (brs, 1H), 7.45-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.06 (m, 3H), 5.90 (brs, 1H), 4.95 (brs, 1H), 4.53-4.38 (m, 3H), 3.98-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.98 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound BX-2

AB-2 (1 g, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq) and K 2 CO 3 (1.01 g, 7.33 mmol, 1.1 eq) in anhydrous DMF (20 mL) was stirred for 30 min at 70° C. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C., and 3-bromoprop-1-yne (871.61 mg, 7.33 mmol, 631.60 μL, 1.1 eq) was added dropwise. The mixture was again stirred at 70° C. for 16 h until it became a black suspension. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (20 mL) and water (10 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL×2), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was obtained and then purified by a flash column (PE/EtOAc=7/1-3/1) to give BX-2.

Preparation of Compound BX-3 and BX-3a

To a mixture of methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl) propanoate (640.44 mg, 2.93 mmol, 1.1 eq) and BX-2 (502 mg, 2.67 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (304.17 mg, 2.67 mmol, 197.51 μL, 1 eq), and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 72 h to give a yellow suspension. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL×2). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by a flash column (PE/EtOAC=4/1-3/1) to give BX-3 and BX-3a.

BX-3: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.51 (t, J=2.38 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (dd, J=15.94, 7.65 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (dd, J=16.19, 5.65 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.14-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.90 (d, J=2.26 Hz, 2H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.23 (td, J=7.47, 1.13 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H).

BX-3a: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.54 (t, J=2.51 Hz, 1H), 3.15-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.36 (dd, J=15.69, 3.64 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.07 (dd, J=11.29, 4.52 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 2H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.45 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (s, 1H).

To a solution of BX-3 (225.4 mg, 580.31 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (129.19 mg, 1.28 mmol, 177.70 μL, 2.2 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (131.08 mg, 1.16 mmol, 92.31 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 4 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL×2), and the aqueous layer extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by a flash column (PE/EtOAC=5:1-2:1) to give BX. LC-MS (m/z): 486.9 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.43-2.55 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 1H), 3.95-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 5.26 (s, 1H), 6.06-6.32 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.90-8.15 (m, 2H).

To a solution of BX-3a (276.20 mg, 711.09 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (179.89 mg, 1.78 mmol, 247.44 μL, 2.5 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (160.63 mg, 1.42 mmol, 113.12 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 4 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM (10 mL) and water (10 mL), and the organic layer washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL×2). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (PE/EtOAC=5:1-3:1) to give BXa. LC-MS (m/z): 486.9 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 2.52 (t, J=2.38 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.71 (d, J=15.81 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.89 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 2H), 4.97 (d, J=2.26 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H).

BY-1 (100 mg, 265.73 μmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) were added HATU (151.56 mg, 398.60 μmol, 1.5 eq) and DIEA (68.69 mg, 531.47 μmol, 92.57 μL, 2 eq). After 0.5 h, BY-2 (63.80 mg, 292.31 μmol, 1.1 eq) was added and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 12 h to give a red solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (20 mL) and water (10 mL). 1M HCl (5 mL) was added and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by a flash column (PE/EtOAc=3:1-1:2) to give crude BY-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 3.45-3.50 (m, 8H), 3.52-3.61 (m, 8H), 6.53-6.61 (m, 4H), 6.70 (t, J=2.51 Hz, 2H), 8.76 (dd, J=4.39, 0.88 Hz, 2H), 10.18 (s, 2H).

To a solution of BY-3 (250 mg, 433.61 μmol, 1 eq) in pyridine (4 mL) was added 2-methylpropanoyl 2-methylpropanoate (205.78 mg, 1.30 mmol, 215.71 μL, 3 eq) and stirred at 20° C. for 48 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=10/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc (10 mL) and water (5 mL). 1M HCl (10 mL) was added and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAC (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (PE:EtOAC=3:1-0:1) to give BY-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 1.24 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 12H), 2.84 (dt, J=13.93, 6.84 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (s, 8H), 3.51-3.61 (m, 8H), 6.91-6.97 (m, 3H), 7.30 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 1.64H), 7.46-7.56 (m, 0.64H), 7.81 (s, 0.36H), 8.14-8.25 (m, 1H), 8.29 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 0.36H), 8.48-8.56 (m, 1.64H), 8.71-8.81 (m, 1H), 8.93 (s, 0.36H).

A mixture of BY-4 (80 mg, 111.62 μmol, 1 eq), -BX (62.27 mg, 133.94 μmol, 1.2 eq), CuSO 4 -5H 2 O (2.79 mg, 11.16 μmol, 0.1 eq) and sodium ascorbate (11.06 mg, 55.81 μmol, 0.5 eq) were dissolved in THF (3 mL) and H 2 O (0.5 mL) under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with EtOAc) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 60%-90%, 9.5 min) to give BYa (a mixture of 5,6-isomer). LC-MS (m/z): 1181.4 [M+H]+

A mixture of BY-4 (50 mg, 69.76 μmol, 1 eq), BXa (38.92 mg, 83.71 μmol, 1.2 eq), CuSO 4 -5H 2 O (1.74 mg, 6.98 μmol, 0.1 eq) and sodium ascorbate (6.91 mg, 34.88 μmol, 0.5 eq) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and H 2 O (0.5 mL) under N 2 atmosphere, and the mixture stirred at 40° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM: MeOH=1:0-20:1), which product was then further purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 65%-95%, 7.8 min) to give BYa (mixture of 5,6-isomer). LC-MS (m/z): 1181.4 [M+H]+.

A solution of BZ-1 (120.0 mg, 2.00 mmol, 1 eq) in SOCl 2 (3.28 g, 27.57 mmol, 2 mL, 13.80 eq) was stirred at 70° C. for 1 h, then cooled to 25° C. NCS (533.67 mg, 4.00 mmol, 2 eq) and HCl (12 M, 4.20 μL, 2.52e-2 eq) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1.5 h to afford a brown mixture. The reaction mixture was evaporated to afford BZ-2. The crude product was used in next step without any purification.

To a solution of AB-4 (32 mg, 78.73 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl3 (2 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (65 mg, 773.75 μmol, 30.09 μL, 9.83 eq) and BZ-2 (90.50 mg, 787.26 μmol, 10 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 min to afford a muddy mixture. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EA=4:1) to afford BZ. LC-MS (m/z): 507.1 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.55 (br s, 9H), 3.15-3.77 (m, 5H), 5.15-5.46 (m, 1H), 5.91-6.35 (m, 1H), 7.05-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.66-8.10 (m, 3H).

To the mixture of CA-1 (350 mg, 1.71 mmol, 1 eq) was added SOCl 2 (1.15 g, 9.65 mmol, 0.7 mL, 5.63 eq) in CD 3 OD (3 mL) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 40 min to afford a black mixture. LC-MS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was evaporated to dryness, and toluene (10 mL) and Et3N (1 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min to afford a brown mixture. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness to afford CA-2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.99 (dd, J=14.31, 7.53 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J=14.43, 4.89 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (dd, J=7.65, 4.89 Hz, 1H), 6.93-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.66 (m, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H).

To a mixture of CA-2 (200.0 mg, 903.87 μmol, 1 eq) and tert-butyl 4-formylbenzoate (186.41 mg, 903.87 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (41.22 mg, 361.55 μmol, 26.77 μL, 0.4 eq) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 18 h to afford a brown mixture. LCMS and TLC (PE: EA=3:1) showed the reaction was completed. Sat. NaHCO 3 aq. (50 mL) was added to the mixture. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (15 mL×3). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-TLC (PE:EA=3:1) to afford CA-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.53-1.64 (m, 9H), 3.05-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.96 (t, J=6.02 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 1H), 7.03-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.95 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CA

To a mixture of CA-3 (50.0 mg, 122.10 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (24.71 mg, 244.21 μmol, 33.99 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (20.69 mg, 183.15 μmol, 14.57 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to afford a brown mixture. LC-MS and TLC (PE: EA=3:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC (PE: EA=3:1) to afford compound CA. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.37-1.56 (m, 9H), 2.92-4.17 (m, 4H), 5.10-5.28 (m, 1H), 5.87-6.27 (m, 1H), 6.95-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.66-8.41 (m, 3H). LC-MS (m/z):488.1 [M+H]+.

To a solution of AA-1 (428.01 mg, 1.96 mmol, 1 eq) and N-(4-formylphenyl)acetamide (320 mg, 1.96 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (15 mL) was added TFA (111.81 mg, 980.55 μmol, 72.60 μL, 0.5 eq) at 30° C. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 5%-35%, 9.5 min) to give CB-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.05 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 1H), 3.19 (br dd, J=15.43, 7.91 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.46 (br s, 1H), 5.93 (br s, 1H), 7.03-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.78-7.87 (m, 2H), 10.21 (br d, J=9.79 Hz, 1H), 10.44 (br s, 1H), 10.81 (br d, J=17.57 Hz, 1H), 11.04 (s, 1H).

Preparation of 80

To a solution of CB-2 (50 mg, 137.59 μmol, 1 eq), Et3N (41.77 mg, 412.76 μmol, 57.45 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (3 mL) at 0° C. was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (23.31 mg, 206.38 μmol, 16.41 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 32%-62%, 9.5 min) to give 80. LC-MS (m/z): 462.0[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.13 (br s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.93 (m, 1H), 4.11 (br d, J=12.55 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (br d, J=16.81 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (br s, 1H), 7.07-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.52 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H).

To a mixture of CA-2 (200.0 mg, 903.87 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (148.38 mg, 903.87 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added TFA (41.22 mg, 361.55 μmol, 26.77 μL, 0.4 eq) at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 48 h to afford a brown mixture. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition Sat. NaHCO 3 aq. 50 mL at 25° C., and then extracted with EA 45 mL (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with sat. NH 4 Cl aq.45 mL, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was then purified by prep-TLC (PE:EA=3:1) to afford CC-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.05-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.23 (br s, 1H), 3.87-4.00 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.99 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

To a mixture of CC-2 (40.0 mg, 108.87 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (22.03 mg, 217.74 μmol, 30.31 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (18.44 mg, 163.30 μmol, 12.99 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to afford a brown mixture. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC (PE:EA=3:1) to afford CC. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.04-4.20 (m, 7H), 5.01-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.88-6.34 (m, 1H), 6.94-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.57-8.08 (m, 3H). LC-MS (m/z): 444.9 [M+H]+.

Preparation of Compound CD-2

To a solution of AB-2 (1 g, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) were added DIEA (1.72 g, 13.32 mmol, 2.32 mL, 2 eq) and HATU (3.80 g, 9.99 mmol, 1.5 eq), followed by cyclopropyl methanamine (568.47 mg, 7.99 mmol, 1.2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with MTBE (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was then purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5/1) to give CD-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) ppm 0.25-0.31 (q, J=4.94 Hz, 2H), 0.54-0.62 (m, 2H), 1.05-1.09 (quint, J=7.64, 7.64, 7.64, 7.64, 4.80, 4.80 Hz, 1H), 1.25 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 3.32-3.35 (dd, J=7.15, 5.40 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.14 (q, J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (br s, 1H), 7.90-7.97 (m, 4H), 10.05-10.11 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound CD-3

To a solution of CD-2 (200 mg, 984.07 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) were added methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (214.78 mg, 984.07 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (56.10 mg, 492.04 μmol, 36.43 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture stirred at 45° C. for 10 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:2, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:2) to give CD-3 and the corresponding cis-isomer.

CD-3 (trans-isomer): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.25-0.28 (q, J=4.85 Hz, 2H), 0.53-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.99-1.10 (m, 1H), 1.22-1.28 (m, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.11-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.93 (t, J=6.02 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.15 (q, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (br t, J=4.89 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (qd, J=7.53, 6.02 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.57 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.71 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (s, 1H).

CD-3a (cis-isomer): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.27-0.30 (q, J=4.85 Hz, 2H), 0.55-0.60 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.12 (m, 1H), 1.25 (q, J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 2.53 (br s, 1H), 2.98-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.72 (br d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.99 (dd, J=11.04, 4.02 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (q, J=7.11 Hz, 1H), 6.21 (br s, 1H), 7.14 (tt, J=7.06, 5.36 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (br d, J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (br d, J=6.53 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 81

To a solution of CD-3 (50 mg, 123.92 μmol, 1 eq, trans) in CHCl3 (4 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (104.10 mg, 1.24 mmol, 48.20 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (69.98 mg, 619.62 μmol, 49.28 μL, 5 eq). The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 ml) and then extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:2) to give 81. LC-MS (m/z):502.1 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ ppm 0.27 (br d, J=4.52 Hz, 2H), 0.51 (br d, J=6.78 Hz, 2H), 0.88-0.95 (m, 1H), 1.08 (br s, 1H), 3.22 (br d, J=6.02 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (br d, J=1.51 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (br s, 3H), 3.74 (br d, J=14.56 Hz, 1H), 4.02-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.02-4.30 (m, 1H), 5.09 (br s, 1H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 6.11 (br s, 1H), 6.38 (br s, 1H), 7.01-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.85 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CE-2

To a solution of cyclopropylmethanamine (300.29 mg, 4.22 mmol, 1.05 eq) and TEA (1.22 g, 12.06 mmol, 1.68 mL, 3 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added AQ-1 (1 g, 4.02 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (PE:EtOAc=3:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with 1N HCl solution (10 mL) and separated. The organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The product was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 3:1) to give CE-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.20-8.16 (m, 2H), 7.97-7.93 (m, 2H), 4.68 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (dd, J=5.9, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.87 (tquin, J=4.8, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 0.52-0.44 (m, 2H), 0.10 (q, J=5.0 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CE-3

To a suspension of LiAlH 4 (162.03 mg, 4.27 mmol, 2.4 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise CE-2 (504 mg, 1.78 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 6 h to give a white suspension. TLC (PE:EtOAc=3:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was quenched with H 2 O (165 uL) and 165 μL of 15% NaOH solution at 0° C.

The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 10 minutes before filtration. The filtrate was dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give CE-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.82 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 3.77-3.71 (m, 1H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.43 (br s, 1H), 0.87 (m, 1H), 0.49-0.39 (m, 2H), 0.14-0.05 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CE-4

To a solution of CE-3 (282.3 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added MnO 2 (508.53 mg, 5.85 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EtOAc=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. LCMS showed no desired MS was found. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give CE-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.11 (s, 1H), 8.08-8.01 (m, 4H), 4.83 (m, 1H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.59 (m, 3H), 0.95-0.81 (m, 1H), 0.51-0.45 (m, 2H), 0.16-0.07 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CE-5

To a solution of CE-4 (87.71 mg, 366.55 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (80 mg, 366.55 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (20.90 mg, 183.27 μmol, 13.57 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 16 h to give a white suspension. TLC (PE:EtOAc=1:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO 3 and then extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to provide a crude product. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 3:1) to give two products, one of which was CE-5 and the other of which was the cis-isomer.

Preparation of 82

To a solution of CE-5 (36.5 mg, 83.04 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) were added TEA (25.21 mg, 249.13 μmol, 34.68 μL, 3 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (18.76 mg, 166.09 μmol, 13.21 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue, which was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EA=1:1) to give 82. LC-MS (m/z): 538.1[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.95 (br s, 2H), 7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.59-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.12 (br s, 1H), 5.38-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.51 (br s, 2H), 4.20-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.91-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.57-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.07 (br s, 6H).

Preparation of Compound CF-2

To a solution of CF-1 (500 mg, 4.06 mmol, 1 eq) in DCE (29 mL) were added cyclopropanecarbaldehyde (284.57 mg, 4.06 mmol, 303.38 μL, 1 eq) and NaBH(OAc) 3 (1.29 g, 6.09 mmol, 1.5 eq). The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sa. NaHCO 3 and extracted with EA (50 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 10:1) to give CF-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.19-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.75-6.59 (m, 2H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 2.97-2.92 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.09 (m, 1H), 0.57-0.54 (m, 2H), 0.26-0.23 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CF-3

To a solution of CF-2 (1 g, 5.64 mmol, 1 eq) in MeCN (10 mL) were added Boc 2 O (2.46 g, 11.28 mmol, 2.59 mL, 2 eq) and TEA (570.91 mg, 5.64 mmol, 785.30 μL, 1 eq). The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 12 h to give a colorless mixture. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was quenched with H 2 O (50 ml) and extracted with EA (50 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 5:1) to give CF-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.22-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.09 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.33 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.55 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.87 (m, 1H), 0.32-0.28 (m, 2H), 0.01-0.00 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CF-4

To a solution of CF-3 (890 mg, 3.21 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (25 mL) was added MnO 2 (1.39 g, 16.04 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a black solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed and filtered by celite. The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 5:1) to give CF-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 9.98 (s, 1H), 7.87-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.26 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.57 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.04- 1.00 (m, 1H), 0.47-0.42 (m, 2H), 0.17-0.13 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CF-5

To a solution of CF-4 (100 mg, 363.18 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (8 mL) were added methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (79.27 mg, 363.18 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (20.71 mg, 181.59 μmol, 13.45 uL, 0.5 eq). The mixture stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give CF-5 (trans) and CF-5a (cis isomer). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.61-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.15 (m, 6H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 4.00-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.18 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.01-0.99 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.41 (m, 2H), 0.16-0.12 (m, 2H).

Preparation of CF-6. To a solution of CF-5 (50 mg, 105.14 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (6 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (88.32 mg, 1.05 mmol, 40.89 μL, 10 eq), followed by a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (17.81 mg, 157.70 μmol, 12.54 μL, 1.5 eq) in CHCl 3 (6 mL) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 0° C. for 45 min to give a yellow solution. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) and LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 ml) and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give CF-6. The product was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of 83

CF-6 (65 mg, 117.74 μmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 10 mL, 339.73 eq), and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a pink solution. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=3:2) to give 83. LC-MS (m/z): 474.1[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ7.24-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.03-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.94-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.80-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.42-6.40 (m, 2H), 5.93 (brs, 1H), 4.28-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.69 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.80 (m, 1H), 0.29-0.27 (m, 2H), 0.00-0.01 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CG-2

To a solution of CG-1 (200 mg, 2.00 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added LiAlH 4 (151.64 mg, 4.00 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a white solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture were added H 2 O (0.15 ml) and NAOH (aq, 15%, 0.15 ml) and H 2 O (0.45 ml). The organic layers were filtered with diatom earth and dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give CG-2. The product was used for the next step without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.30-0.43 (m, 4H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.26 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (s, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CG-3

To a solution of AB-2 ((250 mg, 1.67 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (12 mL) were added DIEA (645.65 mg, 5.00 mmol, 870.15 μL, 3 eq) and HBTU (1.01 g, 2.66 mmol, 1.6 eq). The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 5 min, followed by addition of CG-2 (157.77 mg, 1.83 mmol, 177.87 μL, 1.1 eq). The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. TLC (eluting with; Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (150 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=50/1 to 5/1) to give CG-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.35-0.54 (m, 4H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 7.89 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 10.00-10.08 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound CG-4

To a solution of CG-3 (121 mg, 554.42 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) were added methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (121.00 mg, 554.42 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (31.61 mg, 277.21 μmol, 20.52 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give CG-4 and CG-4a.

CG-4 (trans isomer): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.40-0.58 (m, 4H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.76 (m, 3H), 3.94-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 2H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 7.16 (qd, J=7.53, 6.02 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.63 (m, 2H), 8.03 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

CG-4a (cis-isomer): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.40-0.60 (m, 4H), 1.21 (s, 3H), 2.99-3.29 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.04 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 5.33 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.57 (m, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 84

To a solution of CG-4 (44 mg, 105.14 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl3 (5 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (88.33 mg, 1.05 mmol, 40.89 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (35.62 mg, 315.42 μmol, 25.09 μL, 3 eq). The mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was added H 2 O (10 ml) and then extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:2) to give 84. LC-MS (m/z):517.1 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.27-0.50 (m, 4H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 3.15-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.65 (br s, 1H), 4.01 (br s, 4H), 5.21 (br d, J=12.55 Hz, 1H), 6.00-6.23 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.60 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (br s, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CH-2

To a suspension of AB-2 (1 g, 6.66 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (40 mL) were added DIEA (2.58 g, 19.98 mmol, 3.48 mL, 3 eq) and HBTU (4.04 g, 10.66 mmol, 1.6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 5 min, followed by addition of cyclobutylmethanol (631.08 mg, 7.33 mmol, 691.22 μL, 1.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a red solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , 0% to 30% EtOAc in PE) to give CH-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.81-2.00 (m, 4H), 2.07-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.76 (dquin, J=14.79, 7.34, 7.34, 7.34, 7.34 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=6.53 Hz, 2H), 7.92-7.96 (m, 2H), 8.18 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 10.09 (s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound CH-3

To a solution methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoate (300.01 mg, 1.37 mmol, 1 eq) and CH-2 (300 mg, 1.37 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (78.37 mg, 687.29 μmol, 50.89 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , 0 to 40% EA in PE) to give CH-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.26 (s, 1H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 5H), 2.05 (s, 1H), 2.07-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.74 (dt, J=14.74, 7.31 Hz, 1H), 3.11-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.95 (t, J=6.02 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (q, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (d, J=6.53 Hz, 2H), 5.46 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (br s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 85

To a solution of CH-3 (50 mg, 119.48 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (36.27 mg, 358.44 μmol, 49.89 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (20.24 mg, 179.22 μmol, 14.25 μL, 1.5 eq). The reaction was stirred for 0.5 h at 0° C. to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give 85. LC-MS (m/z): 495.4[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.80-1.36 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.98 (m, 4H), 1.99-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.77 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.90 (m, 1H), 4.09 (br dd, J=16.31, 9.54 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (br s, 2H), 5.26 (br s, 1H), 6.05-6.31 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.41 (br s, 2H), 7.53 (br d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CI-2

To a solution of AB-2 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) were added Cs 2 CO 3 (1.09 g, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) and bromomethylcyclopentane (1.36 g, 8.33 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixture was stirred heated to 80° C. for 16 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with MBTE (30 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by a flash column (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 1:1) to give CI-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.22-10.01 (m, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (spt, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 2.05-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.25 (m, 6H).

Preparation of Compound CI-3

To a solution of CI-2 (100 mg, 430.53 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added methyl 1-A (93.96 mg, 430.53 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (24.54 mg, 215.26 μmol, 15.94 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (40 mL), then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (40 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was then purified by a flash column (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 1:1) to give CI-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.01 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.09 (m, 2H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 4.21 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (s, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.34 (quin, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.63 (br dd, J=7.2, 13.7 Hz, 4H), 1.42-1.23 (m, 1H).

Preparation of 86

To a solution of CI-3 (73 mg, 168.78 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added TEA (170.79 mg, 1.69 mmol, 234.93 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (57.19 mg, 506.35 μmol, 40.27 μL, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. to 25° C. for 2 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The crude product by purified by a flash column (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 1:1) to give 86. LC-MS (m/z): 509.1 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) 8=8.25-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.35-6.95 (m, 3H), 6.48-6.03 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.02 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.35-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.41 (m, 5H), 2.45-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.83 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.74-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.48 (m, 3H), 1.48-1.21 (m, 2H).

To a solution of BT-2 (54.98 mg, 269.23 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl) propanoate (80 mg, 269.23 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (15.35 mg, 134.61 μmol, 9.97 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was heated to 40° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 , and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to provide the crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EtOAc=2:1) to give two products, one of which was CJ-2 and other of which was the cis-isomer. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.07-8.01 (m, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.35 (m, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (dd, J=2.0, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.24 (ddd, J=1.1, 5.5, 15.4 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (ddd, J=1.4, 6.0, 15.4 Hz, 1H), 2.05 (s, 1H), 1.26-1.21 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.58 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.33 (m, 2H).

Preparation of 87

To a solution of CJ-2 (25 mg, 51.72 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (15.70 mg, 155.17 μmol, 21.60 μL, 3 eq) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (11.68 mg, 103.44 μmol, 8.23 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EtOAc=2:1) to give 87. LC-MS (m/z): 582.9[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.13-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.07 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.30-6.04 (m, 1H), 5.45-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.98-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.19-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.66-3.4(m, 4H), 1.26 (br s, 1H), 0.59 (m, 2H), 0.33 (m, 2H).

To a solution of AA-2 (44.20 mg, 269.23 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl (2R)-2-amino-3-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl) propanoate (80 mg, 269.23 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (15.35 mg, 134.61 μmol, 9.97 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was heated to 40° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 , and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to provide the crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EtOAc=2:1) to give two products, one of which was CK-2, and the other of which was the cis-isomer. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.04-7.99 (m, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (m, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (dd, J=2.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 3.99-3.91 (m, 4H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.24 (ddd, J=1.3, 5.5, 15.3 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (ddd, J=1.4, 6.0, 15.4 Hz, 1H).

Preparation of 88

To a solution of CK-2 (28 mg, 63.16 μmol, 1 eq) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) were added TEA (19.17 mg, 189.49 μmol, 26.38 μL, 3 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (14.27 mg, 126.33 μmol, 10.05 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to a residue, which was then purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EtOAc=2:1) to give 88. LC-MS (m/z): 549.2[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.13-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.04 (m, 1H), 5.45-5.18 (m, 1H), 4.98-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.19-3.75 (m, 5H), 3.66-3.4 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CL-2

To a solution of AB-2 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (20 mL) were added CS 2 CO 3 (1.09 g, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) and bromomethylcyclohexane (1.47 g, 8.33 mmol, 1.16 mL, 2.5 eq). The mixture was stirred with heating to 80° C. for 16 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS showed the desired product was found, but that AB-2 remained. Stirring was continued at 80° C. for another 16 h. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (50 mL), extracted with MBTE (30 mL×3), the organic layers dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and then concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=l/0 to 1:1) to give CL-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.10 (s, 1H), 10.28-9.84 (m, 1H), 10.59-9.77 (m, 1H), 8.27-7.91 (m, 4H), 4.17 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.98-0.96 (m, 11H).

Preparation of Compound CL-3

To a solution of CL-2 (151.6 mg, 615.51 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added TFA (35.09 mg, 307.75 μmol, 22.79 μL, 0.5 eq) and AA-1. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (40 mL), and then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (40 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EtOAc=2:1) to give CL-3. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 )=8.01 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 5H), 5.72-5.19 (m, 1H, 4.24-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.36-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.05 (s, 1H), 1.93-1.58 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.17 (m, 4H), 1.12-0.84 (m, 2H).

Preparation of 89

To a solution of CL-3 (174.00 mg, 389.67 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) were added TEA (394.30 mg, 3.90 mmol, 542.37 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (44.01 mg, 389.67 μmol, 30.99 μL, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with DCM (40 mL), and then washed with sat. aqu. NaHCO 3 (40 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE:EtOAc=2:1) to give 89. LC-MS (m/z): 523.1[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.99-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.24-5.94 (m, 1H), 5.19 (br s, 1H), 4.16-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.66-3.53 (m, 3H), 1.85-1.49 (m, 6H), 1.29-0.82 (m, 5H).

Preparation of Compound BZ-2

A solution of BZ-1 (160 mg, 2.50 mmol, 1 eq) in SOCl 2 (4.10 g, 34.46 mmol, 2.50 mL, 13.8 eq) was stirred at 70° C. for 1 h, then cooled to 25° C. NCS (666.87 mg, 4.99 mmol, 2 eq) and HCl (12 M, 5.24 μL, 2.52e-2 eq) were added, and the resulting mixture stirred at 80° C. for 1.5 h to afford a brown mixture. The reaction mixture was evaporated to afford BZ-2. The product was used in the next step without any purification.

Preparation of Compound 90

To a solution of BZ-2 (50 mg, 137.21 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (27.77 mg, 274.43 μmol, 38.20 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (3 mL) was added AB-4 (157.73 mg, 1.37 mmol, 10 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution, followed by stirring at 25° C. for 10 min to afford a muddy mixture. The crude product was purified by Prep-TLC (DCM/EA=10/1) to give 90. LC-MS (m/z): 443.4 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 3.51-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 4.71 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 5.99-6.46 (m, 1H), 6.94-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.81-8.00 (m, 2H), 10.91-11.19 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound CN-2

To a solution of CN-1 (100 mg, 450.01 μmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added SOCl 2 (267.69 mg, 2.25 mmol, 163.23 μL, 5 eq) at 45° C. The reaction was stirred at 45° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: ‘PE/EA=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with EA (10 mL) and washed with NaHCO 3 solution (10 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give CN-2.

Preparation of Compounds CN-3 and CN-3a

To a solution of CN-2 (50 mg, 211.65 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (38.22 mg, 232.81 μmol, 1.1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added TFA (12.07 mg, 105.82 μmol, 7.84 μL, 0.5 eq) at 25° C. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 15-45 (8 min) %-45%, 9.5 min) to give CN-3 and CN-3a.

Preparation of 91a

To a solution of CN-3a (10 mg, 26.15 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (7.94 mg, 78.46 μmol, 10.92 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (4.43 mg, 39.23 μmol, 3.12 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give 91a. LC-MS (m/z): 459.4[M+H]+

Preparation of 91

To a solution of CN-3 (10 mg, 26.15 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (7.94 mg, 78.46 μmol, 10.92 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (4.43 mg, 39.23 μmol, 3.12 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give 91. LC-MS (m/z): 459.4[M+H]+.

Preparation of Compound CO-2

To a solution of CO-1 (100 mg, 418.99 μmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added SOCl 2 (249.24 mg, 2.09 mmol, 151.97 μL, 5 eq). The reaction was stirred at 45° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated and then diluted with EA (10 mL) and washed with NaHCO 3 solution (10 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give CO-2.

Preparation of Compounds CO-3 and CO-3a

To a solution of CO-2 (90 mg, 356.16 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (64.31 mg, 391.78 μmol, 1.1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added TFA (20.31 mg, 178.08 μmol, 13.19 μL, 0.5 eq) at 25° C. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)−ACN]; B %: 17%-47%, 9.5 min) to give CO-3 and CO-3a.

Preparation of 93a

To a solution of CO-3a (20 mg, 50.15 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (15.22 mg, 150.44 μmol, 20.94 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (8.50 mg, 75.22 μmol, 5.98 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give 93a. LC-MS (m/z): 475.4[M+H]+

Preparation of 93

To a solution of CO-3 (20 mg, 50.15 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (15.22 mg, 150.44 μmol, 20.94 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (8.50 mg, 75.22 μmol, 5.98 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give 93. LC-MS (m/z): 475.4[M+H]+.

Preparation of Compound CO-2

To a solution of CO-1 (100.00 mg, 353.21 μmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added SOCl 2 (210.10 mg, 1.77 mmol, 128.11 μL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was concentrated, diluted with DCM (5 mL), and washed with NaHCO 3 solution (5 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give CO-2.

Preparation of Compound CO-3

To a solution of CO-2 (75.00 mg, 252.40 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (41.43 mg, 252.40 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added TFA (14.39 mg, 126.20 μmol, 9.34 μL, 0.5 eq) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC to give CO-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.48-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 4H), 5.45 (s, 1H), 6.94-7.01 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.13 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.25 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=8.25 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 95

To a solution of CO-3 (30 mg, 67.68 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (20.54 mg, 203.03 μmol, 28.26 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (11.47 mg, 101.51 μmol, 8.07 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC to give 95. LC-MS (m/z): 521.4[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.54 (br s, 3H), 3.80 (br s, 3H), 4.14 (br d, J=15.51 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (br d, J=14.13 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=14.26 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (br s, 1H), 6.04 (br s, 1H), 6.88-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.57 (br d, J=7.50 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (br d, J=7.88 Hz, 2H), 11.39-11.66 (m, 1H).

Preparation of CQ-2. To a solution of CQ-1 (100 mg, 353.21 μmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added SOCl 2 (210.10 mg, 1.77 mmol, 128.11 μL, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 16 h to give a blue solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give CQ-2.

Preparation of CQ-3. To a solution of CQ-2 (60 mg, 201.92 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (33.15 mg, 201.92 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added TFA (11.51 mg, 100.96 μmol, 7.47 μL, 0.5 eq) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give CQ-3 and CQ-3a. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.51 (br s, 1H), 2.94-3.03 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.96 (dd, J=11.04, 4.27 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (s, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J=8.53, 1.76 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=1.51 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 96

To a solution of CQ-3 (30 mg, 67.68 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (20.54 mg, 203.03 μmol, 28.26 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (11.47 mg, 101.51 μmol, 8.07 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give 96. LC-MS (m/z): 521.3[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.33 (d, J=5.52 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (s, 1H), 3.65 (s, 4H), 3.88 (br s, 3H), 3.99-4.17 (m, 2H), 5.26 (br s, 1H), 6.02-6.28 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.38 (br d, J=8.53 Hz, 3H), 7.76-8.16 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CR-2

To a solution of CR-1 (150 mg, 529.81 μmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added SOCl 2 (315.16 mg, 2.65 mmol, 192.17 μL, 5 eq) at 15° C. The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 3 h. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The solution was concentrated, diluted with DCM (5 mL), and then washed with brine (5 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give CR-2.

Preparation of Compound CR-3

To a solution of CR-2 (120 mg, 403.84 μmol, 1 eq) and methyl 4-formylbenzoate (66.29 mg, 403.84 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added TFA (23.02 mg, 201.92 μmol, 14.95 μL, 0.5 eq) at 10° C. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give CR-3a and CR-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 2.97-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.97 (dd, J=10.92, 4.14 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (s, 1H), 7.01 (t, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.52 (m, 4H), 8.07 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H).

Preparation of 97

To a solution of CR-3 (19 mg, 42.86 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (13.01 mg, 128.58 μmol, 17.90 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (7.26 mg, 64.29 μmol, 5.11 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC to give 97. LC-MS (m/z): 521.3[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.21-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.89 (br s, 3H), 3.98-4.15 (m, 1H), 5.23 (br s, 1H), 6.15 (br s, 1H), 7.01 (t, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (br d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 3H), 8.00 (br s, 2H).

Preparation of Compound CS-2

To a solution of CS-1 (5 g, 42.68 mmol, 1 eq) and DMAP (521.43 mg, 4.27 mmol, 0.1 eq) in MeCN (60 mL) was added slowly a solution of Boc 2 O (13.97 g, 64.02 mmol, 14.71 mL, 1.5 eq) in MeCN (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 18 h under N 2 atmosphere to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=4/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was concentrated, and then diluted with EA (10 mL), and washed with 1M HCl, NaHCO 3 solution, brine (10 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give CS-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.70 (s, 9H), 6.59 (d, J=3.76 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.66 (m, 2H), 8.20 (br d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H).

Preparation of CS-3. To a solution of CS-2 (11 g, 50.63 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (400 mL) was added all at once NBS (9.91 g, 55.69 mmol, 1.1 eq) at 20° C. The reaction was stirred at 20° C. for 18 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=0/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by flash chromatography (SiO 2 , 100% PE) to give CS-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.68 (s, 11H), 7.30-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 8.16 (br d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H).

Preparation of CS-4. To a solution of CS-3 (2 g, 6.75 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.5 M, 2.97 mL, 1.1 eq) at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 0.5 h. (2R)-2-ethyloxirane (584.06 mg, 8.10 mmol, 1.2 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise, followed by dropwise addition of BF 3 .Et20 (766.41 mg, 5.40 mmol, 666.44 μL, 0.8 eq). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NH 4 Cl (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (40 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was then purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 40%) to give CS-4.

Preparation of CS-5. To a solution of CS-4 (100 mg, 345.58 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added Et3N (69.94 mg, 691.16 μmol, 96.20 μL, 2 eq), DMAP (4.22 mg, 34.56 μmol, 0.1 eq) and MsCl (79.17 mg, 691.16 μmol, 53.50 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 15° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give CS-5. The product was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of CS-6. To a solution of CS-5 (130 mg, 353.78 μmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL) was added NaN 3 (92.00 mg, 1.42 mmol, 4 eq). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (40 mL) and extracted with MBTE (20 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the residue. This product was used for next step without further purification.

Preparation of CS-7. To a solution of CS-6 (110 mg, 349.89 μmol, 1 eq) in H 2 O (2 mL)/THF (2 mL) was added PPh 3 (275.32 mg, 1.05 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was used the next step without further purification.

Preparation of CS-8. HCl (2 M, 6 mL, 15.18 eq) was added CS-7 (228 mg, 790.61 μmol, 1 eq) from a mixture of CS-7 and the corresponding (R)-isomer. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 1.5 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was extracted with MBTE (15 mL×3), and the pH of the water layer adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 . The mixture was concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was dissolved in DCM/EtOH (10/1, 30 mL), the mixture filtered and washed with DCM (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give CS-8.

Preparation of CS-9. To a solution of CS-8 (80 mg, 424.93 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) were added methyl 4-formylbenzoate (69.76 mg, 424.93 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (24.23 mg, 212.46 μmol, 15.73 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 45° C. for 60 h to give yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (15 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) to give CS-9 (trans) and CS-9a (cis).

CS-9 (trans): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.96-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.89 (brs, 1H), 7.50-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.07 (m, 2H), 5.23 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.94-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.44 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.46 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

CS-9a (cis): 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.96-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.06-7.03 (m, 3H), 5.20 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.49 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.01 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of 98

To a solution of CS-9 (trans) (28 mg, 83.73 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (70.34 mg, 837.29 μmol, 32.56 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (28.37 mg, 251.19 μmol, 19.98 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 15° C. for 12 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (15 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) to give 98. LC-MS (m/z): 411.0 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.87-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.69 (brs, 1H), 7.46-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.04 (m, 3H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.38-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.24-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.02 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.58 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of 98a

To a solution of CS-9a (cis) (40.00 mg, 119.61 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (100.48 mg, 1.20 mmol, 46.52 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (40.53 mg, 358.84 μmol, 28.54 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 15° C. for 12 h. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (15 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was processed by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) to give 99. LC-MS (m/z): 622.1 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.99 (brs, 1H), 7.86-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 4.24-4.12 (m, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.15-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.87 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.41 (m, 2H), 0.51 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CT-2

To a solution of AA-1 (500 mg, 2.29 mmol, 1 eq) and methyl 3-formylbenzoate (376.08 mg, 2.29 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (15 mL) was added TFA (130.61 mg, 1.15 mmol, 84.81 μL, 0.5 eq) at 20° C. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by flash chromatography (SiO 2 , PE/EA=3/1) to give CT-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.14-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.00 (t, J=5.77 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 7.15 (quind, J=7.15, 7.15, 7.15, 7.15, 1.25 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.97-8.04 (m, 2H).

Preparation of 100

To a solution of CT-2 (50 mg, 137.21 μmol, 1 eq) and Et3N (41.65 mg, 411.64 μmol, 57.30 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (23.25 mg, 205.82 μmol, 16.37 μL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was purified by prep-TLC to give 100. LC-MS (m/z): 441.4[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.90 (br s, 3H), 4.09 (br d, J=19.83 Hz, 2H), 5.19-5.48 (m, 1H), 6.13 (br s, 1H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.35 (br s, 1H), 7.54 (br d, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 7.68-7.92 (m, 2H), 8.06 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound CU-2

To a solution of AQ-4 (155.82 mg, 487.83 μmol, 1 eq) and (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl) propan-2-amine (85 mg, 487.83 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (27.81 mg, 243.91 μmol, 18.06 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture was heated at 45° C. for 16 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (PE:EA=3:2) and LCMS showed—starting material remained. Thus, the reaction mixture was heated at 45° C. for an additional 64 h, which resulted in a brown suspension. TLC (PE:EA=1:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with Sat. NaHCO 3 (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EA=1:1) to give CU-2 and its cis-isomer. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.82 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.07 (m, 3H), 5.30 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.57 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.37-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.74 (m, 5H), 1.62-1.52 (m, 10H), 1.25 (br s, 3H).

Preparation of 101

To a solution of CU-2 (10 mg, 21.02 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) were added TEA (8.51 mg, 84.10 μmol, 11.71 μL, 4 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (4.75 mg, 42.05 μmol, 3.34 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue, which was processed by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)−ACN]; B %: 65%-95%, 6.5 min) to give 101. LC-MS (m/z): 574.1[M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=11.02 (br d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (br d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (br d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.06-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.00 (br s, 1H), 4.86-4.65 (m, 2H), 3.03-2.81 (m, 1H), 1.87 (br s, 3H), 1.67-1.62 (m, 6H), 1.24 (br s, 6H), 1.15 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CV-2

To a solution of AB-2 (500 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq), EDCI (702.29 mg, 3.66 mmol, 1.1 eq), NMM (842.16 mg, 8.33 mmol, 915.39 μL, 2.5 eq), HOBt (450.02 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added adamantan-1-amine (503.72 mg, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h to give a yellow suspension. TLC (PE:EA=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was diluted with MTBE (20 mL), washed with 1N HCl (15 mL), washed with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), and then extracted with MTBE (10 mL×5). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was processed by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 5:1) to give CV-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.08 (s, 1H), 7.97-7.84 (m, 4H), 5.83 (br s, 1H), 2.15 (s, 9H), 1.74 (br s, 6H), 1.58 (s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound CV-3

To a solution of CV-2 (120 mg, 423.48 μmol, 1 eq) and (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl) propan-2-amine (73.79 mg, 423.48 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (3 mL) was stirred at 105° C. for 30 min. AcOH (378.00 mg, 6.29 mmol, 360.00 μL, 14.86 eq) was added to the mixture and stirred at 105° C. for 15.5 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (PE:EA=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EA=2:3) to give CV-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.72 (br s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 3H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 5.29 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.12 (s, 8H), 1.73 (m, 8H), 1.24 (m, 3H).

Preparation of 102

To a solution of CV-3 (16 mg, 36.40 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) were added TEA (11.05 mg, 109.19 μmol, 15.20 μL, 3 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (12.33 mg, 109.19 μmol, 8.68 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EA=1:1) to give 102. LC-MS (m/z): 557.6[M+MeCN+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.99 (s, 1H), 7.62-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.07 (m, 3H), 5.92 (br s, 1H), 5.69 (s, 1H), 4.82 (br s, 1H), 4.25 (br s, 1H), 4.10-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.06 (m, 9H), 1.71 (br s, 6H), 1.35 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CW-2

To a solution of CW-1 (200 mg, 1.05 mmol, 1 eq) and (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-2-amine (182.24 mg, 1.05 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was heated at 105° C. for 30 min. AcOH (525.00 mg, 8.74 mmol, 0.5 mL, 8.36 eq) was added to the mixture and stirred at 105° C. for 20 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (EA:MeOH=20:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO2, EA:MeOH=20:1) to give CW-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.68 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.08 (m, 4H), 6.85 (m, 2H), 5.18 (s, 1H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.86 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 4H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 1H), 1.27 (m, 3H).

Preparation of 103

To a solution of CW-2 (90 mg, 259.03 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (52.42 mg, 518.06 μmol, 72.11 μL, 2 eq) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (87.77 mg, 777.08 μmol, 61.81 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (PE:EA=1:2) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue subject to purification by prep-TLC (SiO2, PE: EA=1:2) to give 103. LC-MS (m/z): 424.2[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.69 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 5.05-4.77 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.02 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 4H), 3.42-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 3.01-2.87 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CX-2

To a solution of (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl) propan-2-amine (100 mg, 573.92 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added CX-1 (117.23 mg, 573.92 μmol, 1 eq), and the mixture heated at 105° C. for 30 min. AcOH (525.00 mg, 8.74 mmol, 0.5 mL, 15.23 eq) was added, and the mixture heated to 105° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 m×5). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give CX-2.

Preparation of 104

To a solution of CX-2 (176 mg, 488.22 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) were added TEA (148.21 mg, 1.46 mmol, 203.86 μL, 3 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (110.28 mg, 976.44 μmol, 77.66 μL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue, which was then subject to purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Green ODS 150×30 5 u; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %: 28%-48%, 10 min) to give 2 products, one of which was 104, and the other of which was 105.

Compound 104

LC-MS (m/z): 437.5[M+H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=7.43 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.08-6.85 (m, 5H), 5.93 (br s, 1H), 4.86-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.03-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.76 (br s, 4H), 2.73-2.58 (m, 2H), 1.12 (m, 3H).

Compound 105

LC-MS (m/z): 437.5[M+H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=7.47 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.05-6.88 (m, 3H), 4.61 (m, 1H), 3.80 (br s, 2H), 3.20-3.06 (m, 4H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.52 (m, 2H), 0.98 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CY-2

To a solution of BM-1 (100 mg, 560.84 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) were added (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-2-amine (195.45 mg, 1.12 mmol, 2 eq) and HOAC (33.68 mg, 560.84 μmol, 32.08 μL, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 105° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1, SiO2) showed presence of some desired product. The pH 8 was adjusted to with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give CY-2.

Preparation of 106

To a solution of CY-2 (105 mg, 313.87 μmol, 1 eq) in DMF (12 mL) were added DIEA (645.65 mg, 5.00 mmol, 870.15 μL, 3 eq) and HBTU (1.01 g, 2.66 mmol, 1.6 eq) in CHCl 3 (5 mL), and NaHCO 3 (263.69 mg, 3.14 mmol, 122.08 μL, 10 eq). To this mixture was added a solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (106.35 mg, 941.62 μmol, 74.89 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL), and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=3:1) to give 106 and 107.

Compound 106

LC-MS (m/z):411.0 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.21 (s, 9H), 0.88 (br d, J=11.29 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (br d, J=6.53 Hz, 3H), 2.96 (br d, J=15.81 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (br s, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 4.93 (s, 1H), 5.93 (br s, 1H), 7.09-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.25 (br s, 1H), 7.31 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (br d, J=7.53 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (br d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (br s, 1H).

Compound 107

LC-MS (m/z):411.0 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 0.00 (s, 9H), 0.77 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 3H), 2.43-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.95 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.46 (m, 3H), 6.61 (br s, 1H), 6.76-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.88 (t, J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J=8.03, 3.51 Hz, 3H), 7.26 (br d, J=5.52 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of Compound CZ-2

To a solution of CZ-1 (500 mg, 2.70 mmol, 1 eq) in in dioxane (10 mL)/H 2 O (2 mL) were added cyclopropylboronic acid (348.20 mg, 4.05 mmol, 1.5 eq), Na 2 CO 3 (859.29 mg, 8.11 mmol, 3 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (197.74 mg, 270.24 μmol, 0.1 eq) under N 2 . The mixture stirred at 110° C. for 12 h under N 2 to give a black solution. HPLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the crude product, which was then purified by a flash column (eluting with; Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=100% to 10%) to give CZ-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.79-0.86 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.74-7.82 (m, 2H), 9.96 (s, 1H).

Preparation of CZ-3. To a solution of CZ-2 ((100 mg, 684.06 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (4 mL) was added (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-2-amine (143.03 mg, 820.87 μmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture stirred at 15° C. for 30 min. HOAc (420.00 mg, 6.99 mmol, 0.4 mL, 10.22 eq) was then added, and the mixture stirred at 105° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with EA (30 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was then purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:2) to give CZ-3 and CZ-3a. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.57-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.89 (dd, J=8.53, 1.76 Hz, 2H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.80 (td, J=8.78, 4.27 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (br dd, J=15.56, 8.28 Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.94 (m, 1H), 3.25 (br s, 1H), 5.18 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2H), 7.02-7.11 (m, 4H), 7.47 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of Compound 108

To a solution of CZ-3 (23 mg, 76.06 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (63.89 mg, 760.55 μmol, 29.58 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (25.77 mg, 228.17 μmol, 18.15 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 ml) and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give 108. LC-MS (m/z):400.9 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz,MeOD) δ ppm 0.62 (br d, J=4.63 Hz, 2H), 0.91 (br d, J=6.88 Hz, 2H), 1.23-1.35 (m, 3H), 1.78-1.94 (m, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J=15.51, 2.00 Hz, 1H), 3.40-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.78-4.75 (m, 2H), 5.99 (br s, 1H), 6.95-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.45 (d, J=7.75 Hz, 1H).

Preparation of Compound DA-2

To a solution of CZ-1 (223.78 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1 eq) and 2-(cyclopenten-1-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (320 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.36 eq) in dioxane (10 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL) were added Na 2 CO 3 (384.58 mg, 3.63 mmol, 3 eq) and Pd(PPh3) 4 (69.88 mg, 60.47 μmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was heated to 90° C. for 16 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EA=10:1) showed the CZ-1 was remained. The reaction mixture was further heated at 90° C. for an additional 6 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE: EA=10:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with EA (10 mL×5). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 10:1) to give DA-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.02-9.96 (m, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.41 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.59 (m, 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.06 (m, 2H).

Preparation of DA-3. To a solution of DA-2 (237 mg, 1.38 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Pd/C (46 mg, 10% purity) (50% wet, 10% Pd). The reaction suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H 2 (15 psi) at 10° C. for 3 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EA=5:1) and HPLC showed the reaction was completed. LCMS showed no desired MS was found. The reaction mixture was filtered on celite, and the filtrate concentrated to give DA-3. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.27-7.12 (m, 4H), 4.58 (br s, 2H), 3.01-2.83 (m, 1H), 1.99 (br s, 2H), 1.74 (br s, 2H), 1.69-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.33 (m, 4H).

Preparation of DA-4. To a suspension of MnO 2 (545.04 mg, 6.27 mmol, 5 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added DA-3 (221 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was heated at 45° C. for 16 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EA=5:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered on celite, and the filtrate concentrated to give DA-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=9.98 (s, 1H), 7.83-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.13-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 2H).

Preparation of DA-5. A solution of DA-4 (50 mg, 286.96 μmol, 1 eq) and (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-2-amine (50.00 mg, 286.96 μmol, 1 eq) was prepared in toluene (2 mL) under N 2 . The mixture was heated at 105° C. for 30 min followed by addition of AcOH (210.00 mg, 3.50 mmol, 200.00 μL, 12.19 eq). The mixture was heated at 105° C. for 2 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS and TLC (PE:EA=3:2) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with Sat. NaHCO 3 and exacted with EA (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EA=3:2) to give DA-5 and its cis-isomer. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.56 (br s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.03 (m, 6H), 5.22 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.46 (m, 8H), 1.28-1.09 (m, 3H).

Preparation of 109

To a solution of DA-5 (17 mg, 51.44 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (15.62 mg, 154.33 μmol, 21.48 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (2 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (17.43 mg, 154.33 μmol, 12.27 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated, and the resulting residue purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EA=2:1) to give 109. LC-MS (m/z):407.5 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.66 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 3H), 7.19-7.09 (m, 4H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DB-2. To a solution of CZ-1 (1 g, 5.40 mmol, 1 eq) and 2-(cyclohexen-1-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (1.53 g, 7.35 mmol, 1.58 mL, 1.36 eq) in dioxane (50 mL) and H 2 O (10 mL) were added Na 2 CO 3 (1.72 g, 16.21 mmol, 3 eq) and palladium; triphenylphosphane (312.28 mg, 270.24 μmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 12 h to give a yellow suspension. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. H 2 O (100 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The residue was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 10/1) to give DB-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.58-1.78 (m, 5H), 2.15-2.40 (m, 5H), 6.22-6.27 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 2H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 2H), 9.91 (s, 1H).

Preparation of DB-3. To a solution of DB-2 (246 mg, 1.32 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 mL) was added Pd/C (50 mg, 10% purity) and stirred at 25° C. for 1 h under H 2 to give a black solution. TLC (eluting with; Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1, SiO 2 ) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered by celite, and the organic layers concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 10/1) to give DB-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.12-1.41 (m, 6H), 1.64-1.83 (m, 5H), 2.39-2.47 (m, 1H), 4.59 (d, J=6.02 Hz, 2H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.25 (m, 2H).

Preparation of DB-4. To a solution of DB-3 (136 mg, 714.73 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (8 mL) was added MnO 2 (310.68 mg, 3.57 mmol, 5 eq), and the mixture stirred at 45° C. for 12 h to give a black solution. TLC (eluting with: Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1, SiO2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered by celite, and the organic layers dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give DB-4. It was used for the next step without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.17-1.43 (m, 5H), 1.66-1.85 (m, 5H), 2.46-2.57 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2H), 9.89 (s, 1H).

Preparation of DB-5. To a solution of DB-4 (125 mg, 663.96 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (8 mL) were added (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-2-amine (138.83 mg, 796.75 μmol, 1.2 eq) and HOAc (840.00 mg, 13.99 mmol, 0.8 mL, 21.07 eq). The mixture stirred at 105° C. for 12 h to give brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with EA (50 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product, which was the purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 35%-55%, 6.5 min) to give DB-5. 1 H NMR (400 MHz,MeOD) δ ppm 1.23-1.50 (m, 5H), 1.52 (d, J=6.53 Hz, 3H), 1.73-1.92 (m, 5H), 2.59 (br s, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=15.81, 8.28 Hz, 1H), 3.14-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.50 (s, 1H), 3.82-3.92 (m, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.18 (t, J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H).

Preparation of 110

To a solution of DB-5 (24.7 mg, 71.70 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (60.23 mg, 717.00 μmol, 27.89 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (24.29 mg, 215.10 μmol, 17.11 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 ml) and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give 110. LC-MS (m/z):443.0 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.17-1.32 (m, 8H), 1.60-1.78 (m, 5H), 2.36 (br s, 1H), 2.84-3.29 (m, 2H), 3.82-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.85 (br s, 1H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.13-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J=7.38 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 2H), 2.06-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DC-2. To a solution of CZ-1 (323.02 mg, 1.75 mmol, 1 eq) in dioxane (10 mL) were added 2-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (500 mg, 2.38 mmol, 1.36 eq), H 2 O (2 mL), Na 2 CO3 (555.14 mg, 5.24 mmol, 3 eq) and palladium; triphenylphosphane (100.87 mg, 87.29 μmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was heated at 90° C. for 40 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EA=10:1) and HPLC showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with EA (10 mL×5). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 10:1) to give DC-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=10.01 (s, 1H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 6.32 (m, 1H), 4.37 (m, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.49 (m, 2H), Preparation of DC-3. To a solution of DC-2 (280 mg, 1.49 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Pd/C (28 mg, 10% purity) (50% wet, 10% Pd). The reaction suspension was degassed under vacuum, purged with H 2 several times, and then stirred under H 2 (15 psi) at 10° C. for 3 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EA=5:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered on celite, and the filtrate concentrated to give DC-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.34 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 2H), 4.68 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.73 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.74 (m, 4H).

Preparation of DC-4. To a solution of DC-3 (114 mg, 592.97 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (4 mL) was added MnO 2 (257.75 mg, 2.96 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was heated at 40° C. for 16 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EA=2:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was filtered on celite, and the filtrate concentrated to give DC-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=9.99 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 5.31 (s, 1H), 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.55 (dt, J=2.6, 11.5 Hz, 2H), 2.93-2.79 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.73 (m, 4H).

Preparation of DC-5. To a solution of DC-4 (110 mg, 578.22 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (3 mL) was added (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl) propan-2-amine (100.75 mg, 578.22 μmol, 1 eq) under N 2 . The mixture was heated at 105° C. for 30 min, and AcOH added (315.00 mg, 5.25 mmol, 300.00 μL, 9.07 eq). The mixture was heated at 105° C. for 15.5 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS and TLC (PE:EA=0:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with EA (5 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EA=0:1) to give 2 products, one of which was DC-5 and other of which was the trans-isomer. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.71-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.11 (m, 6H), 5.31-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.24 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of 112

To a solution of DC-5 (40 mg, 115.45 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) were added TEA (35.05 mg, 346.36 μmol, 48.21 μL, 3 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (39.12 mg, 346.36 mol, 27.55 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h to give a brown suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EA=1:2) to give 112. LC-MS (m/z):423.1 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.72 (br s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.10 (m, 4H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 5.03-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.25-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.63 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.32 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DD-8. To a solution of PPh 3 (65.86 g, 251.11 mmol, 2.2 eq) in DCM (500 mL) was added 12 (63.73 g, 251.11 mmol, 50.58 mL, 2.2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min, then imidazole (19.43 g, 285.35 mmol, 2.5 eq) in DCM (50 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min. DD-7 (20 g, 114.14 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (50 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C., and the mixture allowed to stir at 10° C. for 12 h to give a yellow suspension. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was diluted with PE (500 mL), filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% to 20%) to give impure DD-8. The resulting DD-8 was triturated with hexane (70 mL) to give DD-8. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 4.54 (brs, 1H), 3.54 (brs, 1H), 3.42 (brs, 1H), 3.33-3.29 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.22-1.21 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H).

Preparation of DD-9. Zinc (10 g) was treated with 1N HCl aqueous (30 mL) with stirring for 10 min, filtered and washed with water (30 mL), EtOH (30 mL) and toluene (30 mL) in sequence and then dried in vacuum to afford the zinc powder for next step.

A mixture of activated Zn (1.83 g, 28.06 mmol, 4 eq) and I 2 (89.02 mg, 350.73 μmol, 70.65 μL, 0.05 eq) in DMA (20 mL) was stirred at 10° C. for 5 min, followed by dropwise addition of tert-butyl N-[(1S)-2-iodo-1-methyl-ethyl]carbamate DD-9 (2 g, 7.01 mmol, 1 eq) in DMA (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 25 min to give a black suspension. The reaction mixture (0.233 moL/L) was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of DD-2. To a solution of 5-methoxy-1H-indole-(5 g, 33.97 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF were added KOH (4.77 g, 84.93 mmol, 2.5 eq) and I 2 (8.62 g, 33.97 mmol, 6.84 mL, 1 eq) in DMF (40 mL) at 15° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. TLC (PE:EA=4:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was poured into ice and water (400 mL) containing ammonia (0.5%) and sodium sulfite (0.1% aqueous solution), and then extracted with MTBE (50 mL×4). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give DD-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.54 (br s, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.85-6.75 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H).

Preparation of DD-3. To a solution of DD-2 (9.28 g, 33.98 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (40 mL) were added (Boc) 2 O (8.90 g, 40.78 mmol, 9.37 mL, 1.2 eq), DMAP (415.18 mg, 3.40 mmol, 0.1 eq) and TEA (5.16 g, 50.98 mmol, 7.10 mL, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h to give a black suspension. TLC (PE:EA=5:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was quenched with H 2 O (40 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The mixture was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 5:1) to give DD-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.01 (m, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.85 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 1.67 (s, 9H).

Preparation of DD-4. To a solution of DD-3 (1.5 g, 4.02 mmol, 1 eq) in DMA (5 mL) were added CuI (76.55 mg, 401.95 μmol, 0.1 eq), DD-9 (2.40 g, 6.83 mmol, 1.7 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (294.11 mg, 401.95 μmol, 0.1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 2 h to give a black suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with MBTE (40 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 20%) to give DD-4.

Preparation of DD-5. DD-4 (300 mg, 741.66 μmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/MeOH (4 M, 10 mL, 53.93 eq), and stirred at 10° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the crude product. The product was dissolved in H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with MBTE (20 mL×2). The water layer was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was dissolved in DCM/EtOH (30 mL, 5/1), filtered, and washed with DCM (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give DD-5. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.95 (brs, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.98-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.80-6.78 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.24-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.53 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.09 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of DD-6. To a solution of DD-5 (80 mg, 391.64 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) were added methyl 4-formylbenzoate (64.29 mg, 391.64 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (44.66 mg, 391.64 μmol, 29.00 μL, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/2) to give DD-6 (trans) and DD-6a (cis).

Preparation of 113

To a solution of DD-6 (18 mg, 51.37 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (43.15 mg, 513.68 μmol, 19.98 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (17.41 mg, 154.11 μmol, 12.26 μL, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=2/1) to give 113. LC-MS (m/z): 448.9 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.87-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.69 (brs, 1H), 7.46-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.04 (m, 3H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.38-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.24-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.02 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.58 (m, 2H), 0.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of Compound DE-2

To a solution of DE-1 (10 g, 74.00 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (100 mL) were added KOH (10.38 g, 185.00 mmol, 2.5 eq), followed by 12 (18.78 g, 74.00 mmol, 14.91 mL, 1 eq) in DMF (100 mL) added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 5° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (600 mL) and extracted with MBTE (200 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of DE-3. To a solution of DE-2 (19.32 g, 74.01 mmol, 1 eq) in CH 3 CN (200 mL) were added Boc 2 O (16.15 g, 74.01 mmol, 17.00 mL, 1 eq) and DMAP (452.10 mg, 3.70 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 5° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (800 mL) and filtered. The product was collected, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give DE-3. The product was used for the next step without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.09 (m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 9H).

Preparation of DE-4. To a solution of DE-3 (9.3 g, 25.75 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (60 mL) was added dropwise n-butyllithium (2.5 M, 11.33 mL, 1.1 eq) at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 10 min. A solution of (2R)-2-methyloxirane (1.79 g, 30.90 mmol, 2.16 mL, 1.2 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise, followed by dropwise addition of BF 3 .Et 2 O (2.92 g, 20.60 mmol, 2.54 mL, 0.8 eq). The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 2 h 50 min to give a yellow suspension. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) showed the reaction was completed, but the DE-3 was not completely consumed. The mixture was quenched with Sat. NH 4 Cl (40 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/01 to 5:1) to give DE-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.08 (br s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.11 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.70 (m, 2H), 1.67 (s, 9H), 1.31-1.29 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DE-5. To a solution of DE-4 (3 g, 10.23 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (50 mL) were added TEA (2.07 g, 20.45 mmol, 2.85 mL, 2 eq), DMAP (124.94 mg, 1.02 mmol, 0.1 eq) and MsCl (2.34 g, 20.45 mmol, 1.58 mL, 2 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 1 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give DE-5.

Preparation of DE-6. To a solution of DE-5 (4.23 g, 11.38 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (40 mL) was added NaN 3 (1.48 g, 22.76 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was heated at 50° C. for 16 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and diluted with H 2 O (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with MBTE (40 mL×3).

The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 10:1) to give DE-6. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.14-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.76 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.66 (m, 9H), 1.38-1.33 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DE-7. To a solution of DE-6 (2.9 g, 9.11 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (30 mL) was added Pd/C (290 mg, 10% purity). The mixture was stirred under H 2 at 10° C. for 16 h to give a black suspension. TLC (EA:MeOH=5:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to give DE-7. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.13-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 3.48 (s, 1H), 3.33-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.57 (m, 1H), 1.66 (s, 9H), 1.18 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound DE-8

DE-7 (2.36 g, 8.07 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/MeOH (4 M, 1.00 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 16 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed DE-7 was not completely consumed. The mixture was further stirred at 10° C. for 24 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The residue was quenched with MTBE (30 mL), extracted with H 2 O (30 mL×3). The combine water layers were concentrated, and adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL), and then concentrated to give a residue. The residue was washed with DCM (50 mL) and MeOH (5 mL), filtered and then concentrated to give DE-8. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.59 (br s, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 3.33-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.13 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DE-9. To a solution of DE-8 (100 mg, 520.20 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (3 mL) was added 4-morpholinobenzaldehyde (99.48 mg, 520.20 μmol, 1 eq). The mixture was heated to 105° C. for 30 min, and followed with addition of AcOH (315.00 mg, 5.25 mmol, 0.3 mL, 10.08 eq). The mixture was heated to 105° C. for 15.5 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (EA:MeOH=10:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , EA: MeOH=10:1) to give DE-9. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.93-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.09 (m, 4H), 6.95-6.76 (m, 3H), 5.21 (br s, 1H), 3.85 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.41-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.07 (m, 4H), 3.01-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.46 (m, 1H), 1.27-1.23 (m, 3H).

Preparation of 114

To a solution of DE-9 (20 mg, 54.73 μmol, 1 eq) and TEA (16.61 mg, 164.18 μmol, 22.85 μL, 3 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (18.54 mg, 164.18 μmol, 13.06 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EA=1:1) to give 114. LC-MS (m/z):442.1 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.64 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.18-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.79 (m, 3H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 5.06-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 4H), 3.36-3.22 (m, 1H) 3.12 (m, 4H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 1.31 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DF-2. A solution of DF-1 (250 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-morpholinobenzaldehyde (239.93 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was stirred at 105° C. for 30 min. AcOH (525.00 mg, 8.74 mmol, 0.5 mL, 6.97 eq) was added and the mixture stirred at 105° C. for 15.5 h to give a brown solution. LCMS and TLC (EA:MeOH=10:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with Sat. NaHCO 3 (20 mL) and extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , EA: MeOH=10:1) to give DF-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.88 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.86 (m, 2H), 5.22 (br s, 1H), 3.91-3.80 (m, 4H), 3.38-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.08 (m, 4H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.54 (br s, 1H), 1.27-1.24 (m, 3H).

Preparation of 115

To a solution of DF-2 (17 mg, 45.64 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 mL) were added TEA (13.86 mg, 136.93 μmol, 19.06 μL, 3 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (15.46 mg, 136.93 μmol, 10.89 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. TLC (PE:EA=0:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated, and the resulting residue purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EA=0:1) to give 115. LC-MS (m/z): 449.1[M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.99 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 5.03-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.06-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 4H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 3.01-2.87 (m, 1H), 1.31 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).

Preparation of DG-2. To a solution of CF-4 (300 mg, 1.09 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (15 mL) was added (2S)-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-2-amine (227.81 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture stirred at 15° C. for 30 min, followed by addition of HOAc (32.71 mg, 544.78 μmol, 31.16 μL, 0.5 eq). The mixture stirred at 105° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with EA (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (Ethyl acetate=100%) to give DG-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm-0.02-0.04 (m, 2H), 0.27-0.33 (m, 2H), 0.81-0.93 (m, 1H), 1.11 (br d, J=6.27 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 2.40 (br dd, J=14.93, 8.91 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (br d, J=11.29 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (br s, 1H), 3.33 (d, J=7.03 Hz, 2H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 6.96-7.07 (m, 7H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of DG-3. To a solution of DG-2 (23 mg, 53.29 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl 3 (3 mL) was added NaHCO 3 (44.77 mg, 532.94 μmol, 20.73 μL, 10 eq). A solution of 2-chloroacetyl chloride (9.03 mg, 79.94 μmol, 6.36 μL, 1.5 eq) in CHCl3 (1 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (5 ml) and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1) to give DG-3.

Preparation of 116

DG-3 (13.8 mg, 27.16 μmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 2 ML mL, 294.52 eq), and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 1 h to give a pink solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with EA (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give 116. LC-MS (m/z):408.2 [M+H]+.

Preparation of DH-2. To a solution of CS-8 (100 mg, 531.16 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (3 mL) was added 4-morpholinobenzaldehyde (101.57 mg, 531.16 μmol, 1 eq), and the mixture heated to 105° C. for 30 min. AcOH (31.90 mg, 531.16 μmol, 30.38 μL, 1 eq) was added and stirred at 105° C. for 15.5 h to give a brown suspension. TLC (EA:MeOH=20:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was diluted with Sat. NaHCO 3 20 mL and extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , EA: MeOH=20:1) to give DH-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.59 (br s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.03 (m, 4H), 6.77 (m, 2H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.12-3.03 (m, 4H), 3.02-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.46 (m, 2H), 0.89 (m, 3H).

Preparation of 117

To a solution of DH-2 (50 mg, 138.32 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (3 mL) were added TEA (41.99 mg, 414.96 μmol, 57.76 μL, 3 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (46.87 mg, 414.96 μmol, 33.00 μL, 3 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h to give a brown solution. TLC (PE:EA=1:1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was concentrated, and the resulting residue purified by prep-TLC (SiO 2 , PE: EA=1:1) to give 117. LC-MS (m/z):438 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=7.63 (br s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.81 (m, 2H), 5.86 (br s, 1H), 4.66-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.82 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.30-3.06 (m, 6H), 1.8-1.46 (m, 2H), 0.94 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound DI-2

To a solution of DI-1 (10 g, 32.86 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (150 mL) were added DIEA (12.74 g, 98.57 mmol, 17.17 mL, 3 eq) and HBTU (19.94 g, 52.57 mmol, 1.6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 5 min, followed by addition of C 2 H7NO.HCl (6.41 g, 65.72 mmol, 2 eq, HCl). The reaction mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 16 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , 0% to 50% EtOAc in PE) to give DI-2. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.40 (s, 9H), 2.80 (s, 1H), 3.14 (br s, 3H), 3.19-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.64 (br s, 3H), 4.96-5.30 (m, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.33 (br d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (br d, J=7.53 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of DI-3. To a solution of DI-2 (9 g, 25.91 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added LiAlH 4 (1.47 g, 38.86 mmol, 1.5 eq) slowly at 0° C. for 0.5 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (eluting with: PE/EA=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , 0% to 40% EtOAc in PE) to give DI-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.42-1.47 (m, 9H), 3.19-3.37 (m, 2H), 4.51 (br d, J=6.27 Hz, 1H), 5.18 (br d, J=4.52 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (br d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (br s, 1H), 9.63 (s, 1H).

Preparation of DI-4. To a solution of ethyl(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (4.02 g, 10.82 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added dropwise LiHMDS (1 M, 13.53 mL, 1.5 eq) in THF (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 40 min. The mixture was cooled at −78° C., and DI-3 (2.6 g, 9.02 mmol, 1 eq) in toluene (10 mL) added for 1 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , 0% to 50% EtOAc in PE) to give DI-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.58 (dd, J=6.90, 1.63 Hz, 3H), 1.64 (d, J=6.27 Hz, 1H), 2.91-3.01 (m, 2H), 4.39-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.74 (br s, 1H), 5.30 (ddd, J=10.60, 8.85, 1.63 Hz, 1H), 5.45-5.57 (m, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=2.01 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of DI-5. A solution of DI-4 (300 mg, 998.69 μmol, 1 eq) and Pd/C (50 mg, 50% purity) in MeOH (10 mL) was stirred under H 2 at 10° C. for 2 h to give a yellow solution. TLC (quenched with water, eluting with: PE/EA=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The mixture was purified by prep-TLC (PE/EA=3/1) to give DI-5. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 0.88 (t, J=6.94 Hz, 3H), 1.28-1.38 (m, 4H), 1.42 (br s, 9H), 2.93 (br d, J=4.88 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (br s, 1H), 4.38 (br d, J=7.13 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (br s, 1H), 7.09-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=7.13 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.00 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (br d, J=7.75 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of DI-6. DI-5 (250 mg, 826.69 μmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/MeOH (4 M, 10 mL, 48.39 eq) and stirred at 10° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was washed with DCM/EtOH (10/1, 20 mL) to give DI-6, which was used for the next step without further purification. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=8.01 (m, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.85 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 1.67 (s, 9H).

Preparation of DI-7. To a solution of DI-6 (150 mg, 741.49 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) were added 4-morpholinobenzaldehyde (141.79 mg, 741.49 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (126.82 mg, 1.11 mmol, 82.35 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 12 h to give a green solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NaHCO 3 (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 50%) to give DI-7. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.66-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.02 (m, 4H), 6.78-6.76 (m, 2H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 3.79-3.76 (m, 4H), 3.10-2.85 (m, 6H), 2.46-2.44 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.76 (m, 3H).

Preparation of 118

To a solution of DI-7 (70 mg, 186.42 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (156.60 mg, 1.86 mmol, 72.50 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (63.16 mg, 559.25 μmol, 44.48 μL, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h to give a blue suspension. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% to 30%) to give 118. LC-MS (m/z): 474.0 [M+Na]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ 7.45-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.05-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.99-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.01 (brs, 1H), 4.36-4.05 (m, 3H), 3.79-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.12-2.94 (m, 6H), 1.34-1.29 (m, 4H), 0.85-0.84 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DJ-2. To a solution of DJ-1 (1 g, 6.60 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added KOH (925.27 mg, 16.49 mmol, 2.5 eq) followed by dropwise addition of I 2 (1.67 g, 6.60 mmol, 1.33 mL, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h to give a red-brown solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (60 mL) and extracted with MBTE (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was used for next step without further purification.

Preparation of DJ-3. To a solution of DJ-2 (1.83 g, 6.59 mmol, 1 eq) in CH 3 CN (20 mL) were added Boc 2 O (2.16 g, 9.89 mmol, 2.27 mL, 1.5 eq) and DMAP (80.57 mg, 659.49 μmol, 0.1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 12 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=5/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% to 20%) to give DJ-3. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.08-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.31 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 9H).

Preparation of DJ-4. To a solution of DJ-3 (8 g, 21.19 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (80 mL) was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.5 M, 9.32 mL, 1.1 eq) at −78° C., and the mixture stirred at −78° C. for 0.5 h. (2R)-2-methyloxirane (1.48 g, 25.42 mmol, 1.78 mL, 1.2 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise at −78° C., followed by dropwise addition BF3.Et 2 O (2.41 g, 16.95 mmol, 2.09 mL, 0.8 eq). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=3/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. NH 4 Cl (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% to 30%) to give DJ-4.

Preparation of DJ-5. To a solution of DJ-4 (3.8 g, 12.27 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (40 mL) were added Et 3 N (3.10 g, 30.67 mmol, 4.27 mL, 2.5 eq) and MsCl (1.55 g, 13.49 mmol, 1.04 mL, 1.1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 5° C. for 1 hr to give a yellow solution. TLC showed no new spots, and that DJ-4 remained. An additional 1.55 g of MsCl was added, and the mixture stirred at 5° C. for 1 h. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (100 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give DJ-5, which was used without further purification.

Preparation of DJ-6. To a solution of DJ-5 (4.76 g, 12.27 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was added NaN 3 (1.20 g, 18.41 mmol, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (200 mL) and extracted with MBTE (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of DJ-7. To a solution of DJ-6 (4.11 g, 12.28 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (40 mL)/H 2 O (10 mL) was added PPh 3 (4.83 g, 18.41 mmol, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: 100% EtOAc) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% to 100% EtOAc) to give DJ-7. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 7.98 (brs, 1H), 7.48-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.18 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.49 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 9H), 1.11-1.10 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DJ-8. DJ-7 (2 g, 6.48 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in HCl/MeOH (4 M, 30 mL, 18.53 eq) and stirred at 10° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the crude product. The product was dissolved in H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with MBTE (20 mL×2). The water layer was adjusted to pH 8 with NaHCO 3 and the mixture concentrated to give the crude product. The product was dissolved in DCM/EtOH (10/1, 30 mL), filtered and washed with DCM (30 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give DJ-8. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ): δ 8.12 (brs, 1H), 7.50-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.00 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.52 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.10 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DJ-9. To a solution of DJ-8 (200 mg, 958.37 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (20 mL) were added 4-morpholinobenzaldehyde (183.27 mg, 958.37 μmol, 1 eq) and TFA (163.91 mg, 1.44 mmol, 106.44 μL, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 24 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: EtOAc=100%) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with Sat. HCO 3 (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by a flash column (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=100% PE to 50%) to give DJ-9.

Preparation of 120

To a solution of DJ-9 (70 mg, 183.30 μmol, 1 eq) in DCM (5 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (153.98 mg, 1.83 mmol, 71.29 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (62.11 mg, 549.89 μmol, 43.74 μL, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 12 h to give a yellow suspension. LCMS and TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (15 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The product was purified by prep-TLC (eluting with: PE/EtOAc=1/1) to give 120. LC-MS (m/z): 457.8 [M+H]+. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.93-6.91 (m, 2H), 4.69 (brs, 1H), 4.50-4.44 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.13 (m, 5H), 2.83-2.79 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.13 (m, 3H).

Preparation of DK-2. To a solution of DD-5 (110 mg, 538.51 μmol, 1 eq) in toluene (5 mL) was added 4-morpholinobenzaldehyde (102.98 mg, 538.51 μmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 30 min, followed by addition of HOAC (32.34 mg, 538.51 μmol, 30.80 μL, 1 eq). The mixture stirred at 105° C. for 12 h to give a yellow solution. LCMS showed the some desired product was found. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with Sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product The residue was purified by prep-TLC (Ethyl acetate: Methanol=10:1) to give DK-2 and DK-2a. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.27 (d, J=6.27 Hz, 3H), 2.48 (br s, 1H), 2.77 (br d, J=12.55 Hz, 1H), 3.07-3.11 (m, 4H), 3.21 (br s, 1H), 3.76-3.82 (m, 7H), 5.08 (br s, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=8.78, 2.51 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=2.26 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.21 (br s, 1H).

Preparation of 121

To a solution of DK-2 (61 mg, 161.60 μmol, 1 eq) in CHCl3 (3 mL) were added NaHCO 3 (135.75 mg, 1.62 mmol, 62.85 μL, 10 eq) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (54.75 mg, 484.80 μmol, 38.56 μL, 3 eq). The mixture stirred at 0° C. for 2 h to give a blue solution. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (10 ml) and extracted with DCM (30 ml×3). The organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give a crude product. The product was purified by HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 30%-60%, 9.5 min) to give 121. LC-MS (m/z):476.0 [M+Na]. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.33 (d, J=6.27 Hz, 3H), 2.91 (br d, J=16.56 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (br s, 3H), 3.52 (d, J=5.02 Hz, 5H), 3.84 (t, J=4.64 Hz, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 6.79-6.85 (m, 3H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (s, 1H).

(methyl-(3R)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate): To a solution of methyl D-tryptophanate (1.0 g, 4.58 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-morpholinobenzaldehyde (0.96 g, 5.04 mmol, 1 eq) in DCE (10 mL) was added slowly TFA (0.7 mL, 9.16 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h and TLC (70% EtOAc in hexane) showed disappearance of the starting material. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO 3 solution (2×20 mL) and brine solution (2×10 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using 0-60% EtOAc in hexane as eluent to give methyl (3R)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate. LC-MS (m/z)=392.3 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.02-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.17 (m, 4H), 3.33-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.83-3.85 (m, 5H), 3.97-3.98 (m, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.92 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.51-7.53 (m, 2H).

Methyl-(3R)-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate: To a solution of methyl (3R)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate (1.6 g, 4.09 mmol, 1 eq) in acetonitrile (16 mL) was added DIPEA (1.0 g, 8.06 mmol, 2 eq) and benzyl bromide (0.9 g, 5.31 mmol, 1.3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 6 h. TLC (20% EtOAc in hexane) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and was concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product. The crude was purified by flash chromatography using 0-30% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to give methyl (3R)-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate. LC-MS (m/z)=482.3 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 3.14-3.30 (m, 6H), 3.33-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.86 (m, 5H), 3.92 (bs, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 6.87-7.02 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.32-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).

9-(tert-butyl)-3-methyl-(3R)-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3,9-dicarboxylate: To a solution of methyl (3R)-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3-carboxylate (2.0 g, 4.15 mmol, 1 eq) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was added DMAP (50 mg, 0.41 mmol, 0.1 eq) and BOC 2 O (1.17 g, 5.40 mmol, 1.3 eq) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. TLC (20% EtOAc in hexane) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and was concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product. The crude was purified by flash chromatography using 0-15% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to give 9-(tert-butyl) 3-methyl (3R)-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3,9-dicarboxylate. LC-MS (m/z)=582.3 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.05 (s, 9H), 2.89-3.06 (m, 5H), 3.12-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.85-3.86 (m, 4H), 3.88-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.96 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.50-7.56 (m, 3H), 8.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).

tert-butyl-(3R)-2-benzyl-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-9-carboxylate: To a solution of 9-(tert-butyl) 3-methyl (3R)-2-benzyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-3,9-dicarboxylate (1.2 g, 2.06 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (12 mL) was added LiAlH 4 1M solution in THF (2.47 mL, 2.47 mmol, 1.2 eq) at −40° C. and stirred for 4 h at the same temperature. After this time reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 5 h. TLC (30% EtOAc in hexane) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with brine solution (1.0 mL) at 0° C. and the obtained solid portion was removed by filtration. Filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to get the crude product. The crude was purified by flash chromatography using 0-30% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to give tert-butyl (3R)-2-benzyl-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-9-carboxylate. LC-MS (m/z)=554.3 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.03 (s, 9H), 2.58-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.78 (bs, 1H), 3.05-3.06 (m, 4H), 3.32-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.63 (bs, 1H), 3.80-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.98-4.01 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.25 (m, 1H), 5.37 (s, 1H), 6.69-6.78 (m, 4H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.36-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.50 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).

tert-butyl-(3R)-2-benzyl-3-(methoxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-9-carboxylate: To a solution of tert-butyl (3R)-2-benzyl-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-9-carboxylate (0.74 g, 1.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (7.0 mL) was added NaH 60% dispersion in mineral oil (0.21 g, 5.35 mmol, 4.0 eq) at 0° C. and stirred for 30 min at the same temperature. Then methyl iodide (0.94 g, 6.65 mmol, 5.0 eq) was added to the above reaction mixture at 0° C. Finally, this reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. TLC (40% EtOAc in hexane) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (5.0 mL) at 0° C. Then the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (35 mL) and washed brine solution (10 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. Obtained crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using 0-40% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to give the tert-butyl (3R)-2-benzyl-3-(methoxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-9-carboxylate. LC-MS (m/z)=568.3 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.02 (s, 9H), 3.27-3.29 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.48 (m, 4H), 3.51 (bs, 1H), 3.58-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.81 (bs, 4H), 3.96-4.02 (m, 1H), 5.22 (s, 1H), 6.71-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.83-6.85 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.47-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.59 (m, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).

tert-butyl-(3R)-3-(methoxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-9-carboxylate: To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (3R)-2-benzyl-3-(methoxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-9-carboxylate (0.425 g, 0.75 mmol, 1 eq) in ethyl acetate (5 mL) and methanol (5 mL) was added palladium hydroxide on carbon (10 mg) under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere (balloon pressure) at room temperature for 5 h. TLC (30% EtOAc in hexane) showed the reaction was completed, then the mixture was degasified with nitrogen and filtered through celite bed and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Obtained crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using 0-30% EtOAc in hexane as an eluent to give tert-butyl (3R)-3-(methoxymethyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-9-carboxylate. LC-MS (m/z): 478.3 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ ppm 1.33 (s, 9H), 2.57-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.74 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.11 (m, 4H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.84 (m, 4H), 5.68 (s, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=8.4